SPRINGWAY - environmentclearance.nic.inenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/... · 3.5 seismicity and flood hazard zonation of the area 63 3.6 flood hazard zonation of the

SPRINGWAY MII\NG PRIVATE LTD.CIN : Ul 01 00WB20'1 0PTC 152849

Corporate Office: "Coromandel Towers", 93 Santhome High Road

Karpagam Avenue, R.A. Puram, Chennai 600028E ma il I d : i nvestor@i nd iacements.co .in Tel: 044-2857 21 00

U ndertaking

l, Yatendra Shah, Authorized Signatory of M/s. Springway Mining

Pvt. Ltd. (SMPL) give this undertaking to the effect that the

conditions laid down in Terms of Reference prescribed by MoEFCC,

vide Letter No. J-tt o11l114l2o15-lA. Il (M) dated o8th June, 2o15 and

validity extension on o8th M.y, 2o1B for Proposed Limestone Mine

(M.L.Area- 499.641ha) with Production Capacity of 4.o million TPA

with installation of crusher i600 TPH At Village- Kol Karhiya, Tehsil-

Pawai, District- Panna (Madhya Pradesh), have been complied

with, and the data submitted and the information presented in this

report are factually correct.

Place: Panna, Madhya Pradesh

Date: z2.oj.zo19

Authorized Signatory

Regd. Office: Mcleod House, 1st Floor, 3, Netaji Subhas Road, Kolkata-700001, West Bengal, lndia

til.l l,J*.:. U45:*1ni1g*tt1't0lll,1,l*

Undertaking

We, J.M EnviroNet Pvt. Ltd., 2o2 A, ABW Tower, MC Road, IFFCO Chowk,

Sector 25, Curugram 122oot (Haryana), Environmental Consultant of M/s.

Springway Mining Pvt. Ltd. (SMPL) for Proposed Limestone Mine (M.1. Area-

499.641 ha) with Production Capacity of 4.o million TPA with installation of

crusher t6oo TPH At Village- Kol Karhiya, Tehsil- Pawai, District- Panna

(wtadhya Pradesh) give this undertaking to the effect that the ToRs

prescribed by MoEFCC, New Delhi vide Letter No. )-ttot5lr4lzot5-tA. II (M)

dated o8th June, zolj and validity extension on o8th May, zor8 has been

complied as per data/ details provided by project proponent & as per

Approved Modified Mining Plan approved by IBM and the data submitted

are factually correct.

Date: t8.o5.zor9

Place: Curgaon

For & On behalf of J.M EnviroNet Pvt. Ltd.

- ,1', r"a"Z{*S''it'''

*#,?"9-1,-ffi";;:Deepa Taneia \'qf#Director

INDEX

i

INDEX

S. NO. PARTICULAR PAGE NO.

A. TOR LETTER & REPLY

1. TOR LETTER 1 -11

2. TOR COMPLIANCE 12 - 23

B. FINAL EIA / EMP REPORT 24 - 235

CHAPTER – I INTRODUCTION 24-27

CHAPTER – II PROJECT DESCRIPTION 28-52

CHAPTER – III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 53-150

CHAPTER – IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES 151-172

CHAPTER – V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES 173

CHAPTER – VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM 174-178

CHAPTER – VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES 179-218

CHAPTER – VIII PROJECT BENEFITS 219-221

CHAPTER – IX ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFITS 222

CHAPTER – X ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 223-229

CHAPTER – XI SUMMARY & CONCLUSION 230-234

CHAPTER – XII DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED 235

ii

CONTENTS

S. No. TOPIC PAGE NO.

CHAPTER I INTRODUCTION 24-27

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT 24

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT 24

1.2.1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT 24

1.2.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT PROPONENT 25

1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT AND ITS

IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY, REGION

26

1.3.1 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE & LOCATION OF THE PROJECT 26

1.3.2 IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY AND REGION 26

1.4 SCOPE OF THE STUDY 26

CHAPTER–II PROJECT DESCRIPTION 28 – 52

2.1 TYPE OF THE PROJECT 28

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT 28

2.3 LOCATION 28

2.3.1 LOCATION MAP (GENERAL AND SPECIFIC) 28

2.3.2 MAP SHOWING GEOLOGY AND GEOMORPHOLOGY OF THE MINE SITE WITH CORNER

COORDINATES

30

2.3.3 PROJECT SITE LAYOUT 31

2.3.4 PROJECT SITE PHOTOGRAPHS 31

2.4 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION 32

2.4.1 ASSOCIATED ACTIVITIES/ FACILITIES 32

2.5 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION 32

2.5.1 APPROVAL 33

2.5.2 IMPLEMENTATION 33

2.6 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION 33

2.6.1 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS 33

2.6.1.1 WATER REQUIREMENT 33

2.6.1.2 WATER BALANCE 34

2.6.1.3 MAN POWER REQUIREMENT 34

2.6.1.4 EXTENT OF MECHANIZATION 35

2.6.2 TECHNOLOGY DESCRIPTION 35

2.6.2.1 GEOLOGY OF THE AREA 35

2.6.3 DETAILS OF MINING 38

2.6.3.1 EXPLORATION CARRIED OUT IN THE AREA 38

2.6.3.2 EXPLORATION TO BE CARRIED OUT IN THE AREA 38

2.6.3.3 ESTIMATION OF RESERVES 39

2.6.3.3.1 MINEABLE RESERVES AND ANTICIPATED LIFE OF MINE 39

2.6.4 PROCESS DESCRIPTION 40

iii

2.6.4.1 PROPOSED METHOD OF MINING 40

2.6.4.2 DRILLING & BLASTING 41

2.6.4.3 LOADING & TRANSPORT 44

2.6.4.4 YEAR WISE PRODUCTION & EXCAVATION DETAILS FOR FIRST FIVE YEARS 45

2.6.5 SOIL MANAGEMENT 45

2.6.6 OVERBURDEN MANAGEMENT 47

2.6.7 MINERAL REJECT/SUB GRADE LIMESOTNE 48

2.7 CONCEPTUAL PLAN 50

2.8 DESCRIPTION OF MITIGATION MEASURES 51

2.9 ASSESSMENT OF NEW AND TESTED TECHNOLOGY FOR THE RISK OF TECHNOLOGICAL

FAILURE

52

CHAPTER–III DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT 53- 150

3.1 INTRODUCTION 53

3.2 STUDY AREA AT A GLANCE 53

3.3 BASELINE DATA COLLECTION 56

3.3.1 INSTRUMENTS USED FOR ENVIRONMENTAL BASELINE DATA COLLECTION 57

3.4 LAND USE/LAND COVER STUDY 57

3.4.1 DATA USED 57

3.3.2.2 FALSE COLOR COMPOSITE (FCC) SATELITE IMAGES 58

3.4.2 METHODOLOGY 59

3.4.3 DETAILS OF LAND USE LAND COVER 59

3.4.3.1 LAND USE & LAND COVER CLASSES 59

3.4.3.2 GENERATION AND ANALYSIS OF DATA 60

3.4.4 LAND USE/LAND COVER DETAILS OF STUDY AREA 62

3.4.5 INTERPRETATION OF THE LULC DATA 63

3.5 SEISMICITY AND FLOOD HAZARD ZONATION OF THE AREA 63

3.6 FLOOD HAZARD ZONATION OF THE AREA 66

3.7 TOPOGRAPHY & DRAINAGE PATTERN 67

3.8 CLIMATE & RAINFALL 67

3.9 METEROLOGY 68

3.9.1 MICRO-METEOROLOGY AT SITE 68

3.10 AMBIENT AIR ENVIRONMENT 71

3.10.1 PHOTOGRAPHS SHOWING AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS 74

3.10.2 NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS 77

3.10.3 INTERPRETATON OF AAQM RESULTS 78

3.11 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 78

3.11.1 AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL MONITORING 81

3.11.2 INTERPRETATON OF NOISE RESULTS 82

3.12 WATER ENVIRONMENT 82

3.12.1 SURFACE WATER 82

3.12.1.1 RESULTS 83

iv

3.12.2 GROUND WATER QUALITY 83

3.12.3 INTERPRETATON OF GROUND WATER QUALITY RESULTS 90

3.13 SOIL ENVIRONMENT 90

3.13.1 SOIL QUALITY AND CHARACTERISTICS 90

3.13.2 INTERPRETATON OF SOIL QUALITY RESULTS 95

3.14 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 95

3.14.1 INTRODUCTION 95

3.14.2 FOREST PROFILE OF THE STUDY AREA 95

3.14.3 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY 96


3.14.5 OBSERVATIONS 97

3.14.6 IMPACT ON BIODIVERSITY 135

3.14.6.1 MANAGEMENT & CONSERVATION MEASURES FOR BIODIVERSITY 136

3.14.7 CONCLUSION 138

3.14.8 CONCLUSION OF THE STUDY 139

3.15 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 139

3.15.1 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY 140

3.15.2 SCOPE OF WORK 140


3.15.4 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE OF STUDY AREA 140

3.15.4.1 DEMOGRAPHY 141

3.15.4.2 VULNERABLE GROUP 145

3.15.4.3 LITERACY RATE 146

3.15.4.4 ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES 147

3.15.4.5 OTHER INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES 148

3.15.5 CONCLUSION OF THE STUDY 149

3.16 INDUSTRIES FALLING WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS OF THE AREA 149

3.17 CONCLUSION 150

CHAPTER–IV ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES 151-172

4.1 INTRODUCTION 151

4.2 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT & MITIGATION MEASURES 151

4.2.1 IMPACT ON AIR QUALITY AND MITIGATION MEASURES 151

4.2.1.1 AIR POLLUTION DUE TO MINING 151

4.2.1.2 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY IMPACT PREDICTION MODELING 152

4.2.1.3 EMISSION RATE AS PER MATERIAL HANDLED 152

4.2.1.4 MODELLING PROCEDURE 153

4.2.1.5 METEOROLOGICAL DATA 153

4.2.1.6 STABILITY CLASSIFICATION 153

4.2.1.7 DISPERSION PARAMETERS 154

4.2.1.8 MIXING HEIGHT 154

4.2.1.9 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS 154

v

4.2.1.10 PRESENTATION OF RESULTS 154

4.2.1.11 MITIGATION MEASURES 159

4.2.2 IMPACT OF NOISE / VIBRATIONS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 159

4.2.2.1 IMPACT OF NOISE ON WORKING ENVIRONMENT 159

4.2.2.2 MITIGATION MEASURES TO REDUCE AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL 160

4.2.2.3 IMPACT OF VIBRATION DUE TO BLASTING 160

4.2.3 IMPACT ON WATER ENVIRONMENT & MITIGATION MEASURES 161

4.2.3.1 IMPACT ON SURFACE WATER & MITIGATION MEASURES 161

4.2.3.2 IMPACT ON GROUND WATER & MITIGATION MEASURES 162

4.2.3.3 WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT 162

4.2.3.4 WATER CONSERVATION MEASURES 162

4.2.4 IMPACT ON SOIL / LAND USE PATTERN & MITIGATION MEASURES 163

4.2.4.1 IMPACT ON SOIL ENVIRONMENT 163

4.2.4.2 LANDSCAPE AND LAND USE PATTERN 163

4.2.4.3 RECLAMATION PLAN FOR LAND 164

4.2.4.4 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS ON LAND USE PATTERN DUE TO THE MINING ACTIVITY 165

4.2.5 SOCIO – ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 165

4.2.5.1 POSITIVE IMPACTS 166

4.2.5.2 ADVERSE SOCIAL IMPACT 166

4.2.5.3 MITIGATION MEASURES 167

4.2.6 IMPACT ON HUMAN SETTLEMENT 167

4.2.7 PUBLIC HEALTH IMPLICATION 168

4.2.8 IMPACT ON LOCAL TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE 168

4.2.9 IMPACT ON BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 168

4.2.9.1 IMPACT ON FLORA 169

4.2.9.2 IMPACT ON FAUNA 169

4.2.9.3 MEASURES FOR MINIMIZING IMPACT ON FAUNA 169

4.2.10 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY 169

4.2.10.1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND RELATED DISEASE 170

4.2.10.2 IMPLEMENTATION OF OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY MEASURES 171

4.3 CONCLUSION 172

CHAPTER-V ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (Technology & Site) 173

5.1 GENERAL 173

CHAPTER-VI ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 174 - 178


6.2 Formation of Environmental Management Cell (EMC) 174

6.2.1 RESPONSIBILITIES OF EMC 174

6.3 MEASUREMENT METHODOLOGIES 175

6.3.1 INSTRUMENTS TO BE USED 175

6.3.2 MONITORING PROGRAMME 175

vi

6.3.2.1 MONITORING SCHEDULE 175

6.3.3 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED 175

6.3.4 LOCATIONS OF MONITORING STATIONS 177

6.3.5 DATA ANALYSIS 178

6.4 DETAILED BUDGET 178

CHAPTER-VII ADDITIONAL STUDIES 179 - 218


7.1 PUBLIC CONSULATION 179

7.1.1 PUBLIC HEARING NOTICE FOR LIMESTONE MINE PUBLISHED IN NEWSPAPER DAINIK

BHASKAR, PATRIKA AND SUNDAY TIMES” DATED 24th March, 2019

180

7.1.2 PHOTOGRAPHS OF PUBLIC HEARING 181

7.1.3 PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDINGS 182

7.1.4 ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDINGS 201

7.1.5 PUBLIC HEARING ACTION PLAN ALONG WITH BUDGETORY ALLOCATION (VERBAL

COMMENTS)

203

7.1.6 PUBLIC HEARING ACTION PLAN ALONG WITH BUDGETORY ALLOCATION (WRITTEN

COMMENTS)

207

7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 210

7.2.1 DEFINITION 210

7.3.2 SCOPE 210

7.2.3 OBJECTIVE 210

7.2.4 IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDS 212

7.2.4.1 DISASTER DUE TO SURFACE FIRE 213

7.2.4.2 CODE OF PRACTICE IN CASE OF EXPLOSION & ACCIDENTS 213

7.2.4.3 ACTION IN EMERGENCY 214

7.2.4.4 SITE RESTORATION 214

7.2.4.5 PRECAUTIONS 214

7.2.4.6 POST DISASTER ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION 215

7.2.5 OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLANNING 215

7.2.5.1 INTRODUCTION 215

7.2.5.2 ASPECTS TO BE INCLUDED IN AN OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN 215

7.2.5.3 ROLE OF THE EMERGENCY COORDINATING OFFICER 216

7.2.5.4 ROLE OF MINE MANAGEMENT 216

7.2.5.5 ROLE OF THE LOCAL AUTHORITY 217

7.2.5.6 ROLE OF THE POLICE 217

7.2.5.7 ROLE OF THE FIRE AUTHORITIES 217

7.2.5.8 ROLE OF THE HEALTH AUTHORITIES 217

7.2.5.9 ROLES OF THE GOVERNMENT SAFETY AUTHORITY 217

7.3 HYDROGEOLOGY STUDY 218

CHAPTER-VIII PROJECT BENEFITS 219 - 221

vii


8.2 ENVIRONMENTAL BENEFITS 219

8.3 SOCIAL BENEFITS 219

8.4 EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS 219

8.5 ECONOMIC BENEFITS 220

8.6 CORPORATE ENVIRONEMNT RESPONSIBILITY (CER) 220

8.7 CONCLUSION 221

CHAPTER–IX ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 222

9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS 222

CHAPTER–X ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 223 - 229


10.2 ELEMENTS OF EMP 223

10.3 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT POLICY 223

10.4 FORMATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL (EMC) 224

10.4.1 RESPONSIBILITIES OF EMC 224

10.5 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT & PLANTATION PROGRAMME 224

10.5.1 GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT 225

10.5.2 PLANTATION PROGRAMME 225

10.5.3 SPECIES SELECTION FOR GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT 226

10.5.4 PLANTATION PROGRAMME 226

10.6 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY 227

10.6.1 PRE PLACEMENT & PERIODICAL MEDICAL EXAMINATION SCHEDULE 227

10.7 DETAILED BUDGET FOR EMP 228

CHAPTER–XI SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION 230-234


11.2 JUSTIFICATION FOR THE PROJECT 230

11.3 PROJECT DETAILS 230

11.4 MINING DETAILS 231

11.5 MITIGATION MEASURES 232

11.5.1 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES 232

11.5.2 WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT 232

11.5.3 NOISE POLLUTION CONTROL 232

11.5.4 RECLAMATION PLAN FOR LAND USE 233

11.5.5 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT & PLANTATION 233

11.6 CONCLUSION 233

CHAPTER–XII DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED 235

12.1 DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED 235

viii

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE. No. TOPIC PAGE NO.

1.1 STATUS OF PROPOSAL FOR ENVIRONMENTAL CLEARANCE 25

1.2 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE & LOCATION OF THE PROJECT 26

2.1 STATUTORY FACILITIES PROPOSED 32

2.2 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR GRANT OF EC 33

2.3 WATER REQUIREMENT 34

2.4 MANPOWER REQUIRED 34

2.5 MACHINERY & EQUIPMENTS FOR MINING 35

2.6 LOCAL GEOLOGICAL SUCCESSION 36

2.7 CHEMICAL COMPOSITION OF DIFFERENT LITHO UNITS 37

2.8 SUMMARY OF EXPLORATION 38

2.9 YEAR WISE FUTURE EXPLORATION PROGRAMME 39

2.10 RESERVES AS PER UNFC 39

2.11 DRILLING GEOMETRY AND CHARGING PATTERN 41

2.12 MINING DETAILS 44

2.13 SUMMARY OF IN- SITU EXCAVATION (IN CUM) 45

2.14 YEAR-WISE PROPOSED PRODUCTION DETAILS 45

2.15 DETAILS OF TOP SOIL GENERATION TILL FIFTH YEAR 46

2.16 DETAILS OF TOP SOIL GENERATION UP TO CONCEPTUAL STAGE 46

2.17 TOP SOIL MANAGEMENT 46

2.18 DETAILS OF DUMPS 47

2.19 DETAILS OF OB/SB/IB GENERATION TILL FIFTH YEAR 47

2.20 DETAILS OF OB/SB/IB GENERATION UP TO CONCEPTUAL STAGE 48


2.22 YEAR- WISE PROPOSED MINERAL REJECT DETAILS 49

2.23 DETAILS OF SUB GRADE GENERATION UP TO CONCEPTUAL STAGE 49


2.25 POST-MINING LAND USE OF CORE ZONE WITH ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT 50

2.26 DETAILS OF EMISSIONS/ POLLUTION FROM THE MINING OPERATIONS AND THEIR

MANAGEMENT 51

3.1 ENVIRONMENTAL SETTINGS OF THE AREA 53

3.2 BASELINE DATA COLLECTION 56

3.3 LAND USE / LAND COVER DETAILS OF STUDY AREA 63

3.4 SEISMIC ZONES IN INDIA 64

3.5 RAINFALL DATA FOR 10 YEARS FROM 2004 TO 2013 67

3.6 MICRO-METEOROLOGY AT SITE 68

3.7 LOCATIONS OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY AND NOISE LEVEL MONITORING STATIONS 73

3.8 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING RESULTS STUDY PERIOD- SUMMER SEASON

(MARCH TO MAY, 2018) 76

3.9 NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS 77

ix


3.10 CLASSIFICATION OF RSPM 78

3.11 LOCATIONS OF NOISE MONITORING STATIONS 79

3.12 AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL MONITORING RESULTS STUDY PERIOD- SUMMER SEASON

(MARCH TO MAY, 2018) 81

3.13 CPCB NOISE STANDARDS 81

3.14 LOCATIONS OF SURFACE WATER SAMPLING STATIONS 82

3.15 SURFACE WATER MONITORING RESULTS (MARCH TO MAY, 2018) 84

3.16 LOCATIONS OF GROUND WATER & SOIL SAMPLING STATIONS 85

3.17 GROUND WATER ANALYSIS STUDY PERIOD – SUMMER SEASON (MARCH TO MAY,

2018) 88

3.18 SOIL ANALYSIS REPORT STUDY PERIOD- SUMMER SEASON, 2018 92

3.19 STANDARD SOIL CLASSIFICATION 94

3.20 LIST OF FOREST BLOCKS AND VEGETATION IN RF/PF WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS STUDY

AREA 102

3.21 INVENTORY OF FLORAL DIVERSITY IN THE CORE & BUFFER ZONE OF PROPOSED

CEMENT PROJECT AND PROPOSED LIMESTONE MINE SITE 103

3.22 INVENTORY OF FAUNAL DIVERSITY IN THE CORE & BUFFER ZONE OF PROPOSED


3.23 INVENTORY OF AVIFAUNAL DIVERSITY IN THE CORE & BUFFER ZONE OF PROPOSED


3.24 INVENTORY OF AQUATIC DIVERSITY IN THE CORE & BUFFER ZONE OF PROPOSED


3.25 EXISTING SPECIES BREAK- UP IN CORE AREA 130

3.26 LIST OF PLANT SPECIES SUGGESTED FOR GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT 132

3.27 SPECIES SUITABLE FOR ABATEMENT OF NOISE AND DUST POLLUTION 132

3.28 LIST OF PLANT SPECIES SUGGESTED FOR ROADSIDE PLANTATION 134

3.29 DEMOGRAPHY DETAILS OF STUDY AREA 142

3.30 DETAILS OF VULNERABLE POPULATION IN THE STUDY AREA 145

3.31 EDUCATIONAL DETAILS OF THE STUDY AREA 146

3.32 WORK FORCE OF THE STUDY AREA 148

3.33 LIST OF INDUSTRIES WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS 150

4.1 EMISSION RATE AS PER MATERIAL HANDLED 152

4.2 STABILITY CLASSES 153

4.3 RURAL CONDITIONS 153

4.4 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS 154

4.5 PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE IN CASE OF CONTINUOUS NOISE (CPCB, GOVT. OF INDIA) 159

4.6 PERMISSIBLE PEAK PARTICLE VELOCITY (MM/S) 161

4.7 STAGE WISE LAND USE AND RECLAMATION AREA (HA) 163

4.8 STAGE WISE RECLAIMATION AND REHABILITATION 164

6.1 POST PROJECT MONITORING 175

6.2 POST PROJECT MONITORING PROGRAMME 176

x


6.3 LOCATIONS OF THE MONITORING STATIONS 177

7.1 KEY PERSONNEL AND THEIR RESPONSIBILITY 210

8.1 ECONOMIC BENEFITS OF THE PROJECT (IN MINING LEASE PERIOD) 220

8.2 BREAK UP OF CER BUDGET 220

10.1 PHASE WISE PLAN OF GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT (ON LEASE BOUNDARY) 225

10.2 ECOLOGY: STAGE WISE CUMULATIVE PLANTATION 226

10.3 BREAK UP OF EMP COST (RS. IN LACS) 229

10.4 BREAK UP OF COST FOR POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES 229

10.5 BREAK UP OF COST FOR POLLUTION MONITORING 229

11.1 PROJECT DETAILS 230

11.2 MINNING DETAILS 231

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE No. TOPIC PAGE NO.

2.1 LOCATION MAP 29

2.2 MAP SHOWING GEOGRAPHICAL CO-ORDINATES AND GEOMORPHOLOGY OF THE

PROPOSED MINE 30

2.3 WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM 34

2.4 GENERALIZED GEOLOGICAL CROSS SECTION OF THE AREA 37

2.5 FLOW CHART FOR MINING PROCESS 41

3.1 MAP SHOWING 10 KM RADIUS AREA OF THE MINING LEASE BOUNDARY 55

3.2 SATELITE IMAGERY OF STUDY AREA 58

3.3 LAND USE / LAND COVER MAP OF STUDY AREA 62

3.4 SEISMIC ZONE MAP 65

3.5 FLOOD HAZARD ZONATION MAP 66

3.6 WIND ROSE DIAGRAM – MARCH, 2018 69

3.7 WIND ROSE DIAGRAM – APRIL, 2018 69

3.8 WIND ROSE DIAGRAM – MAY, 2018 70

3.9 WIND ROSE DIAGRAM – MARCH TO MAY,2018 70

3.10 KEY PLAN SHOWING AMBIENT AIR QUALITY AND NOISE MONITROING LOCATIONS 72

3.11 PHOTOGRAPHS SHOWING AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING STATIONS 75

3.12 PHOTOGRAPHS SHOWING NOISE MONITORING STATIONS 80

3.13 KEY PLAN SHOWING SURFACE WATER MONITORING LOCATIONS 83

3.14 PHOTOGRAPHS SHOWING SURFACE WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS 84

3.15 KEY PLAN SHOWING GROUND WATER & SOIL MONITORING LOCATIONS 86

3.16 PHOTOGRAPHS SHOWING GROUND WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS 87

3.17 PHOTOGRAPHS SHOWING SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS 91

3.18 STUDY APPROACH 100

3.19 ECOLOGY 101

xi

3.20 FLORAL DIVERSITY 108




3.24 FAUNAL DIVERSITY 115

3.25 BUTTERFLY DIVERSITY 116

3.26 AVI- FAUNAL DIVERSITY 119



3.29 AQUATIC DIVERSITY 124

3.30 NESTED QUADRAT SAMPLING PLOTS 125

3.31 AGRO DIVERSITY 129

3.32 GENDER WISE DEMOGRAPHIC DETAILS 145

3.33 VULNERABLE GROUP OF STUDY AREA 146

3.34 GENDER WISE LITERACY RATE IN THE STUDY AREA 147

3.35 WORK FORCE IN STUDY AREA 148

4.1 ISOPLETH SHOWING INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATION OF PM10 155

4.2 ISOPLETH SHOWING INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATION OF PM2.5 156

4.3 ISOPLETH SHOWING INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATION OF SO2 157

4.4 ISOPLETH SHOWING INCREMENTAL CONCENTRATION OF NO2 157

7.1 PUBLIC HEARING ADVERTISEMENT 180

7.2 PUBLIC HEARING PHOTOGRAPHS 181

xii

LIST OF ANNEXURES

ANNEXURE NO. ANNEXURE PAGE NO

ANNEXURE – I MINING LEASE DOCUMENTS 236 - 303

ANNEXURE – II ENVIRONEMNT POLICY 304

ANNEXURE – IIIA LETTER FROM FOREST DEPARTMENT REGARDING NO FOREST LAND IN MINING LEASE 305 - 307

ANNEXURE – IIIB LETTER WITH AUTHENTICATED LOCATION MAP FROM STATE FOREST DEPARTMENT 308 - 310

ANNEXURE – IIIC AUTHENTICATED LIST OF FLORA & FAUNA 311 - 326

ANNEXURE – IV AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING TABLE 327 - 334

ANNEXURE – V SITE SPECCIFIC METEOROLOGICAL DATA 335 - 347

ANNEXURE – VI WATER PERMISSION FROM BEARMA RIVER 348 - 350

ANNEXURE – VII HYDRO-GEOLOGY REPORT 351 - 415

ANNEXURE – VIII MINING MAPS 416 - 423

ANNEXURE – IX MINING PLAN APPROVAL LETTER 424

ANNEXURE – X QUESTIONNAIRE FOR MINING SECTOR 425 - 455

ANNEXURE – XI SUBMISSION PROOF OF CGWA FOR INTERSECTION OF WATER TABLE 456 - 461

ANNEXURE – XII DETAILED R&R ACTION PLAN 462 - 540

ABBREVIATIONS

xi

ABBREVIATIONS

AAS/ICPA : Atomic Absorption Spectrophotometer/Inductively Coupled Plasma Analyzer

AAQ : Ambient Air Quality

AAQM : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

AAQS : Ambient Air Quality Standards

AIS & LUS : All India Soil and Land Use Survey

AMSL : Above Mean Sea Level

ANFO : Ammonium Nitrate - Fuel Oil

APHA : American Public Health Association

BH : Business Head

BHs : Bore Holes

BIS : Bureau of Indian Standards

bgl : Below Ground Level

CAZRI : Central Arid Zone Research Institute

CC : Calcium Carbonate

CCA : Culturable Command Area

CFM : Cubic Feet per Minute

CWC Central Water Commission

CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board

CCR : Central Control Room

CSR : Corporate Social Responsibility

DFO : District Forest Officer

DGMS : Directorate General of Mines Safety

DMP : Disaster Management Plan

DMG : Department of Mines and Geology

DSB : Differential Sub Basin

DTH : Down the Hole

E : East

EAC : Expert Appraisal Committee

EC : Environmental Clearance

ECO : Emergency Coordinating Officer

EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment

EMC : Environment Management Cell

EMP : Environmental Management Plan

EMP : Environmental Monitoring Programme

ESE : East of South East

ENE : East of North East

EPA : Environmental Protection Act

ERDAS : Earth Resources Data Analysis System

EPO : Emergency planning officer

FPS : Fine Particulate Sampler

FCC : False Color Composite

Govt. : Government

GCP : Ground Control Points

GLC : Ground Level Concentration

GOI : Government of India

GPS : Global Positioning System

GSI : Geological Survey of India

GWEC : Ground Water Estimation Committee

Ha : Hectare

xii

HIV : Human Immunodeficiency Virus

HEME : Heavy Earth Moving Equipment

HP : Horse Power

HOD : Head of Department

HSD : High Speed Diesel

IBM : Indian Bureau of Mines

IMD : India Meteorological Department

IS : Indian Standards

ISO : International Organization of Standardization

IUCN : International Union for Conservation of Nature

KLD : Kilo Litre Per Day

LOI : Letter of Intent

LUS : Land Use Study

LU/LC : Land Use / Land Cover

mRL : Metre Reduced Level

MC : Magnesium Carbonate

MHHS : Multi House Hold Survey

ML : Mining Lease

MoEF : Ministry of Environment & Forests

MSK : Medvedev-Sponheur-Karnik Scale

MSL : Mean Sea Level

MT : Million Tonnes

MTPA : Million Tonnes Per Annum

MW : Mega Watt

N : North

NAAQS : National Ambient Air Quality Standards

NABET : National Accreditation Board for Education & Training

NATMO : National Atlas & Thematic Mapping Organization

NABL : National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration Laboratories

NDIR : Non Depressive Infrared Spectroscopy

NE : North East

NH : National Highway

NNE : North of North East

NGO : Non Governmental Organization

NNW : North of North West

NRBPT : National Registration Board for Personnel & Training

NRSA : National Remote Sensing Agency

NRSC : National Remote Sensing Centre

NW : North West

OB : Over Burden

OBC : Other Backward Classes

OHS : Occupational Health and Safety

OSHA : Occupational Safety and Health Administration

PETN : Penta Erythritol Tetra Nitrate

PFR : Pre Feasibility Report

pH : Potential of Hydrogen

PHCS : Public Health Centers

PM : Particulate Matter

PPE : Personal Protective Equipment

PPV : Peak Particle Velocity

xiii

QCI : Quality Council of India

RSPM : Respirable Suspended Particulate Matter

SC : Scheduled Caste

SE : South East

SEIAA : State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority

SHE : Safety, Health & Environment

SI : Sustainability initiatives

SIA : Social Impact Assessment

SOI : Survey of India

SPCB : State Pollution Control Board

SPM : Suspended Particulate Matter

SSW : South of South West

ST : Scheduled Tribe

STP : Sewage Treatment Plant

SW : South West

TC : Total Carbonate

TDS : Total Dissolved Solids

TNT : Tri Nitro Toluene

ToR : Terms of Reference

TPD : Tonnes Per Day

TW : Tube Well

UNFC : United Nations Framework Classification

UPA : Urban Planet Atlas

USDA : United States Department of Agriculture

USEPA : United States Environmental Protection Agency

SMPL : Springway Mining Private Limited

VT : Vocational Training

RF : Reserved Forest

PF : Protected Forest

W : West

WNW : West of North West

WSW : West of South West

µg/m3 : Micro gram per meter cube

µm : Micro Meter

cu. m : Cubic meter

dB : Decibel

gm/sec : Gram per second

gm/cc : Gram per cubic metre

hr/day : Hour per day

kg : Kilogram

Kg/hr : Kilogram per hour

Kg/ha : Kilogram per hectare

km : Kilometre

m : Metre

mg/l : Miligram per Litre

mm : Milimetre

Sq.km : Square Kilometre

t/hr : Tonnes per hour

TOR LETTER AND COMPLIANCE

Proposed Limestone Mine (M.L. Area- 499.641 ha) with Production Capacity of 4.0 million TPA with installation of crusher 1600 TPH

At Village- Kol Karhiya, Tehsil- Pawai, District- Panna (Madhya Pradesh)

ToR Compliance

M/s. Springway Mining Pvt. Ltd. 12 J.M EnviroNet Pvt Ltd

TOR COMPLIANCE

Point wise compliance of ToR issued by MoEFCC, vide letter no. J-11015/114/2015-IA-II (M) dated 8th June,

2015 for Proposed Limestone Mine (M.L. Area- 499.641 ha) with Production Capacity of 4.0 million TPA

with installation of crusher 1600 TPH at Village- Kol Karhiya, Tehsil- Pawai, District- Panna (Madhya

Pradesh) of M/s. Springway Mining Pvt. Ltd.

ToR

Point ToR Point Compliance

Page Ref. in Final

EIA/EMP Report

1. Year-wise production details since 1994

should be given, clearly stating the highest

production achieved in any one year prior to

1994. It may also be categorically informed

whether there had been any increase in

production after the EIA Notification, 1994

came into force w.r.t. the highest production

achieved prior to 1994.

This is a proposed limestone mine. -

2. A copy of the document in support of the fact

that the proponent is the rightful lessee of the

mine should be given.

Mining lease was granted by Govt of Madhya

Pradesh vide order No F 3-40/2015/12/1 dated

13.07.2015. Mining lease deed was executed on

13.10.2015 and registered on 16.10.2015.

Same information is given in this Final EIA/EMP

Report.

Chapter- I, Para-

1.2.1 (C), Pg 24

Annexure I

3. All documents including approved mine plan,

EIA and public hearing should be compatible

with one another in terms of the mine lease

area, production levels, waste generation and

its management and mining technology etc.

and should be in the name of the lessee.

All documents including Approved Mining Plan,

Public hearing proceeding and EIA are compatible

with one another in terms of mine area,

production levels, waste generation & Its

management and mining technology etc. and all

documents are in the name of M/s. Springway

Mining Pvt. Ltd.

S.

No.

Particulars Description Ref. in Approved Mining

Plan

Ref. in Final EIA /

EMP Report

Ref. In PH

Proceedings

1. Mine Lease

Area

499.641 ha Page no.5 Chapter- I, Para- 1.2.1

(A), Pg 24

Page no 1

2. Production

Capacity

4.0 Million TPA Page no. 5

Chapter- I, Para- 1.2.1

(A), Pg 24

Page no. 5

3. Mining

Technology

Fully-Mechanized

Opencast method.

Page no. 44

Chapter- II, Table 2.12,

pg 44

-

4. Waste

generation

and its

management

105.14 million Tonnes

OB will be generated

upto conceptual stage

same will be

Page no. 70 Chapter II, Para 2.6.6,

Pg 47

-



ToR Compliance


ToR


Page Ref. in Final

EIA/EMP Report

temporarily dump and

shall be utilized

concurrently in

reclamation and

rehabilitation of

exploited pit by

backfilling

4. All corner coordinates of the mine lease area

superimposed on a High Resolution

Imagery/toposheet should be provided. Such

an Imagery of the proposed area should

clearly show the land use and other ecological

features of the study area (core and buffer

zone).

Map showing all corner coordinates of the mine

lease area superimposed on toposheet has been

prepared.

Same has been incorporated in this Final EIA/

EMP report.

Land use and other ecological features of the

study area are given in this Final EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter II, Fig-

2.2, Pg 30

Chapter III, Fig

3.3, Pg 62

5. Information should be provided in Survey of

India Toposheet in 1:50,000 scale indicating

geological map of the area, geomorphology of

land forms of the area, existing minerals &

mining history of the area, important water

bodies, streams & rivers & soil characteristics.

Map showing geomorphology of land forms of

the area, soil types, important water bodies,

streams and river is given in this Final EIA/EMP

report

Soil characteristics of the study area have been

analysed and given in this Final EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter II, Fig-

2.2, Pg 30

Chapter III, Table

3.18, Pg 92

6. Details about the land proposed for mining

activities should be given with information as

to whether mining conforms to the land use

policy of the State; land diversion for mining

should have approval from State land use

board for the concerned authority.

Mining lease was granted by Govt of Mp for

mining purpose.

-

7. It should be clearly stated whether the

proponent Company has a well laid down

Environment Policy approved by its Board of

Directors? If so, it may be spelt out in the EIA

report with description of the prescribed

operating process/procedures to bring into

focus any infringement/deviation/violation of

the environmental or forest norms/

conditions? The hierarchical system or

administrative order of the Company to deal

with the environmental issues and for ensuring

compliance with the EC conditions may also be

given. The system of reporting of non-

Company has a well laid down Environment

Policy and same has been enclosed with this Final

EIA/ EMP report.

Chapter X, Para

10.3, Pg 223

Annexure II



ToR Compliance


ToR


Page Ref. in Final

EIA/EMP Report

compliances / violations of environmental

norms to the Board of Directors of the

Company and/or shareholders or stakeholders

at large may also be detailed in the EIA report.

8. Issues relating to Mine Safety, including

subsidence study in case of underground

mining and slope study in case of open cast

mining, blasting study etc. should be detailed.

The proposed safeguard measures in each

case should also be provided.

Being an opencast mine, occurrence of

Subsidence is not envisaged.

Slope and blasting study will be done during

operation phase of the mining.

Same information is Given in this Final EIA/EMP

report.

-

9. The study area will comprise of 10 km zone

around the mine lease from lease periphery

and the data contained in the EIA such as

waste generation etc. should be for the life of

the mine / lease period.

The study area comprises of 10 km radius zone

around the mining lease periphery. Map showing

study area has been incorporated in this Final

EIA/EMP report.

Data regarding waste generation, etc up to end

of life of mine has been incorporated in this Final

EIA/EMP report.

Chapter III, Fig

3.1, pg 55

Chapter II, Para

2.6.6, Pg 47

10. Land use of the study area delineating forest

area, agricultural land, grazing land, wildlife

sanctuary, national park, migratory routes of

fauna, water bodies, human settlements and

other ecological features should be indicated.

Land use plan of the mine lease area should be

prepared to encompass pre- operational,

operational and post- operational phases and

submitted. Impact, if any, of change of land

use should be given.

There is no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary,

Biosphere Reserves, Tiger Reserves, and Wildlife

Corridors etc. within 10 km radius of the mining

lease area.

Two Protected Forest and One Reserved Forest

falls with in 10 km radius study area.

Land use / land cover map of the study area

showing present land use pattern & also,

delineating forest area, agriculture land, water

bodies, human settlements and other ecological

features etc. has been prepared & incorporated

in this Final EIA/EMP Report.

Land use plan of the mine lease area in pre-

operational, operational and post operational

phases has been prepared. Same information

along with Conceptual plan showing impact of

change of land use is incorporated in this Final

EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter- III, Fig

3.3, Pg 62

Chapter- IV,

Table- 4.7, Pg 163

11. Details of the land for any Over Burden Dumps

outside the mine lease, such as extent of land

area, distance from mine lease, its land use,

R&R issues, if any, should be given.

There will be no Overburden dumping outside the

lease area. Same information is given in this Final

EIA/EMP Report.

-



ToR Compliance


ToR


Page Ref. in Final

EIA/EMP Report

12. A Certificate from the Competent Authority in

the State Forest Department should be

provided, confirming the involvement of

forest land, if any, in the project area. In the

event of any contrary claim by the Project

Proponent regarding the status of forests, the

site may be inspected by the State Forest

Department along with the Regional Office of

the Ministry to ascertain the status of forests,

based on which, the Certificate in this regard

as mentioned above be issued. In all such

cases, it would be desirable for representative

of the State Forest Department to assist the

Expert Appraisal Committees.

There is no forest land involved in the Mining

Lease Area.

Letter for the same has been obtained from DFO

vide letter no. MA.CHI./ 2015/ 5305 dated

03.11.2015 and Addl Principal Chief Conservator of

Forest vide letter no F-1/2019/10-11/1690 dated

25.05.2019.


Report.

Chapter II, Para

2.3.3, Pg 31.

Annexure IIIA

13. Status of forestry clearance for the broken up

area and virgin forestland involved in the

Project including deposition of net present

value (NPV) and compensatory afforestation

(CA) should be indicated. A copy of the

forestry clearance should also be furnished.

There is no forest land involved in the Mining

Lease Area.

-

14. Implementation status of recognition of forest

rights under the Scheduled Tribes and other

Traditional Forest Dwellers (Recognition of

Forest Rights) Act, 2006 should be indicated.

There is no forest area within the mining lease.

So, scheduled tribes and other Traditional forest

Dwellers (Recognition of Forest Rights) Act, 2006

is not applicable.

-

15. The vegetation in the RF / PF areas in the study

area, with necessary details, should be given.

Details of the vegetation in RF/PF are given in this

Final EIA/EMP Report

Chapter III, Table-

3.20, Pg 102

16. A study shall be got done to ascertain the

impact of the Mining Project on wildlife of the

study area and details furnished. Impact of the

project on the wildlife in the surrounding and

any other protected area and accordingly

detailed mitigative measures required, should

be worked out with cost implications and

submitted.

Biological Study has been conducted for the

project. Details of the impact on surrounding

wildlife & Mitigative measures along with cost

implications are given in this Final EIA/EMP

Report.

Chapter III, Para

3.14, Pg 95 to 139

17. Location of National Parks, Sanctuaries,

Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Tiger/

Elephant Reserves/(existing as well as

proposed), if any, within 10 km of the mine

lease should be clearly indicated, supported by

There is No National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries,

Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Tiger/

Elephant Reserves (existing or proposed) etc.

falls within 10 km of the mine lease.

Letter along with authenticated location map has



ToR Compliance


ToR


Page Ref. in Final

EIA/EMP Report

a location map duly authenticated by Chief

Wildlife Warden. Necessary clearance, as may

be applicable to such projects due to proximity

of the ecologically sensitive areas as

mentioned above, should be obtained from

the State Wildlife Department/Chief Wildlife

Warden under the Wildlife (Protection) Act,

1972 and copy furnished.

been obtained from Chief Wildlife Warden vide

their letter no W.A/Maa. Chi/2016/Mine/22/8862

dated 01.12.2016.


Report.

Chapter III, Para

3.14.6, Pg 135

Annexure IIIB

18. A detailed biological study of the study area

[core zone and buffer zone (10 km radius of

the periphery of the mine lease)] shall be

carried out. Details of flora and fauna, duly

authenticated, separately for core and buffer

zone should be furnished based on such

primary field survey, clearly indicating the

Schedule of the fauna present. In case of any

scheduled-I fauna found in the study area, the

necessary plan for their conservation should

be prepared in consultation with State Forest

and Wildlife Department and details furnished.

Necessary allocation of funds for

implementing the same should be made as

part of the project cost.

Detailed Biological Study has been conducted for

the project.

Authenticated list of flora & fauna has been

obtained from DFO vide letter no.- MA.CHI./ 2015/

5323 dated 04.11.2015 and Addl Principal Chief

Conservator of Forest vide letter no F-1/2019/10-

11/1690 dated 25.05.2019.

No Schedule I species found in the study area.

Details of the same are given in this Final EIA/EMP

Report.

Chapter III, Para

3.14, Pg 95 to 139

Annexure IIIC

19. Proximity to Areas declared as ‘Critically

Polluted’ or the Project areas likely to come

under the ‘ Aravali Range’, (attracting court

restrictions for mining operations), should also

be indicated and where so required, clearance

certifications from the prescribed Authorities,

such as the SPCB or State Mining Dept. Should

be secured and furnished to the effect that the

proposed mining activities could be

considered.

The project does not come under ‘Critically

Polluted Area’ or ‘Aravali Range’,

-

20. Similarly, for coastal Projects, A CRZ map duly

authenticated by one of the authorized

agencies demarcating LTL. HTL, CRZ area,

location of the mine lease w.r.t CRZ, coastal

features such as mangroves, if any, should be

furnished. (Note: The Mining Projects falling

Proposed mine site is located at District- Panna

(Madhya Pradesh), which is not a coastal zone.

-



ToR Compliance


ToR


Page Ref. in Final

EIA/EMP Report

under CRZ would also need to obtain approval

of the concerned Coastal Zone Management

Authority).

21. R&R Plan/ compensation details for the Project

Affected People (PAP) should be furnished.

While preparing the R & R Plan, the relevant

State/National Rehabilitation & Resettlement

Policy should be kept in view. In respect of SCs

/STs and other weaker sections of the society

in the study area, a need based sample survey,

family-wise, should be undertaken to assess

their requirements, and action programmes

prepared and submitted accordingly,

integrating the sectoral programmes of line

departments of the State Government. It may

be clearly brought out whether the village

located in the mine lease area will be shifted or

not. The issues relating to shifting of Village

including their R&R and socio-economic

aspects should be discussed in the report.

Total M.L. Area is 499.641 ha, out of which 11.553

ha is Govt. Land & 488.088 ha is Private land.

Details of the same are given in this Final EIA/

EMP report.

Chapter- II, Para

2.3.3, Pg 31

Annexure-XII

22. One season (non-monsoon) [i.e. March- May

(Summer Season); October- December (post-

monsoon season); December- February

(winter season)] primary baseline data on

ambient air quality as per CPCB Notification of

2009, , water quality, noise level, soil and flora

and fauna shall be collected and the AAQ and

other data so compiled presented date-wise in

the EIA and EMP Report. Site-specific

meteorological data should also be collected.

The location of the monitoring stations should

be such as to represent whole of the study

area and justified keeping in view the pre-

dominant downwind direction and location of

sensitive receptors. There should be at least

one monitoring station within 500 m of the

mine lease in the pre-dominant downwind

direction. The mineralogical composition of

PM10, particularly for free silica, should be

One season primary baseline data on ambient air

quality as per CPCB Notification of 2009, water

quality, noise level, soil and flora & fauna has

been collected during Summer Season- March to

May, 2018. Details of the same are given in this

Final EIA/ EMP report.

Detailed AAQM data of sampling locations are

enclosed with this Final EIA/EMP Report.

Site-specific micro-meteorological data has been

recorded and enclosed with this Final EIA/EMP

Report.

Location of the monitoring stations was selected

keeping in view the predominant downwind

direction and location of the sensitive receptors

and also that they represent whole of the study

area. One location has been selected in

downwind direction at 500 m from the lease

boundary. The selection criteria of the monitoring

locations have been given in this Final EIA/ EMP

Chapter III, Para

3.9 (68) to Para

3.14 (139)

Annexure IV

Annexure V

Chapter - III,

Table- 3.7, Pg 73



ToR Compliance


ToR


Page Ref. in Final

EIA/EMP Report

given. report.

The mineralogical composition for PM10 has been

incorporated in this Final EIA/ EMP report.

Chapter- III, Para

3.10.3, Pg 78

23. Air quality modeling should be carried out for

prediction of impact of the project on the air

quality of the area. It should also take into

account the impact of movement of vehicles

for transportation of mineral. The details of

the model used and input parameters used for

modeling should be provided. The air quality

contours may be shown on a location map

clearly indicating the location of the site,

location of sensitive receptors, if any, and the

habitation. The wind rose showing pre-

dominant wind direction may also be indicated

on the map.

AERMOD version 8.1 Dispersion Model, based on

steady state Gaussian Plume Dispersion, was

used for the Prediction of incremental value due

to this Mining Project. Impact of movement of

vehicles for transportation of mineral has been

considered.

Isopleth showing incremental concentration of

PM from area source and clearly indicating the air

quality contours and windroses showing pre-

dominant wind direction have been prepared.

Detail of same along with details of the model

used and input parameters used for modelling

has been given in this Final EIA/EMP Report.

Transportation of mineral i.e. limestone will be

done by covered conveyor belt to the proposed

Integrated Cement Plant.

Chapter IV, Para

4.2.1, Pg 151 to

159

24. The water requirement for the Project, its

availability and source should be furnished. A

detailed water balance should also be

provided. Fresh water requirement for the

Project should be indicated.

Total water requirement for the proposed mining

project will be 100 KLD which will be sourced

from river Bearma & Mine sump (as & when

developed).

Chapter II, Para

2.6.1.1, Pg 33 to

34

25. Necessary clearance from the Competent

Authority for drawl of requisite quantity of

water for the Project should be provided.

Permission for withdrawal of water from river

Bearma has been obtained from Water Resource

Dept vide their letter dated 04.03.2015.

Same information has been given in this Final

EIA/EMP report.

Chapter II, Para

2.6.1.1, Pg 33 to

34

Annexure VI

26. Description of water conservation measures

proposed to be adopted in the Project should

be given. Details of rainwater harvesting

proposed in the Project, if any, should be

provided.

Water conservation measures proposed to be

adopted in the project has been incorporated.

Rain water harvesting has been proposed for the

project.


Report.

Chapter IV, Para

4.2.3.4, Pg 162

27. Impact of the project on the water quality,

both surface and groundwater should be

assessed and necessary safeguard measures, if

any required, should be provided.

Impact of the project on the water quality, both

surface and groundwater along with necessary

safeguard measures is incorporated in this Final

EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter IV, Para

4.2.3, Pg 161 to

162



ToR Compliance


ToR


Page Ref. in Final

EIA/EMP Report

28. Based on actual monitored data, it may clearly

be shown whether working will intersect

groundwater. Necessary data and

documentation in this regard may be provided.

In case the working will intersect groundwater

table, a detailed Hydro Geological Study

should be undertaken and Report furnished.

Necessary permission from Central Ground

Water Authority for working below ground

water and for pumping of ground water

should also be obtained and copy furnished.

o Elevation Range: 305- 322 m AMSL

o Ground Water Table:

• 8- 13 m bgl (pre- monsoon)

• 5- 9 m bgl (post- monsoon)

o Ultimate Working Depth: 258 m RL (58 m bgl)

Detailed Hydro Geological Study has been carried

out & report has been prepared. Details have

been incorporated in Final EIA/ EMP report.

Chapter II, Table

2.12, Pg 44

Chapter VII, Para

7.3, Pg 218

Annexure VII

29. Details of any stream, seasonal or otherwise,

passing through the lease area and

modification / diversion proposed, if any, and

the impact of the same on the hydrology

should be brought out.

There is no stream crossing within the lease area,

hence no diversion plan required.

-

30. Information on site elevation, working depth,

groundwater table etc. Should be provided

both in AMSL and bgl. A schematic diagram

may also be provided for the same.

o Elevation Range: 305- 322 m AMSL

o Ground Water Table:

• 8- 13 m bgl (pre- monsoon)

• 5- 9 m bgl (post- monsoon)

o Ultimate Working Depth: 258 m RL (58 m bgl)

Schematic Diagram for the mine is enclosed with

the Final EIA/ EMP report.

Chapter II, Table

2.12, Pg 44

Annexure- VIII D

31. A time bound Progressive Greenbelt

Development Plan shall be prepared in a

tabular form (indicating the linear and

quantitative coverage, plant species and time

frame) and submitted, keeping in mind, the

same will have to be executed up front on

commencement of the project. Phase- wise

plan of plantation & compensatory

afforestation should be charted clearly

indicating the area to be covered under

plantation & the species to be planted.

The details of plantation already done should

be given.

The plant species selected for green belt

should have greater ecological value & should

be of good utility value to the local population

Time bound Progressive Greenbelt Development

Plan in a tabular form (indicating the linear and

quantitative coverage, plant species and time

frame) has been prepared.

The same will be executed on up front on

commencement of the project.

Species selected for green belt will have greater

ecological value and good utility value to local

population. Local Species will be selected with

consultation of local forest dept.

Details of the same are incorporated in this Final

EIA/EMP Report

Chapter X, Para

10.5, Pg 224



ToR Compliance


ToR


Page Ref. in Final

EIA/EMP Report

with emphasis on local & native species & the

species which are tolerant to pollution.

32. Impact on local transport infrastructure due to

the Project should be indicated. Projected

increase in truck traffic as a result of the

Project in the present road network (including

those outside the Project area) should be

worked out, indicating whether it is capable of

handling the incremental load. Arrangement

for improving the infrastructure, if

contemplated (including action to be taken by

other agencies such as State Government)

should be covered.

Project Proponent shall conduct Impact of

Transportation study as per Indian Road

Congress Guidelines.

Limestone will be transported by covered

conveyor belt to the proposed Integrated

Cement Plant. Thus, there will be no impact on

the local infrastructure due to the project.

Information of the same is given in this Final

EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter- IV, Para

4.2.8, Pg 168

33. Details of the onsite shelter and facilities to be

provided to the mine workers should be

included in the EIA report.

Site services like rest shelter, drinking water

facilities, first aid centers etc. will be provided to

the mine workers. Details for the same are given

in this Final EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter II, Table

2.1, Pg 32

34. Conceptual post mining land use and

Reclamation and Restoration of mined out

areas (with plans and with adequate number

of sections) should be given in the EIA report.

Conceptual post mining land use and Reclamation

and Restoration of mined out areas with plans

and sections have been prepared.

Details of the same are given in this Final EIA/EMP

Report.

Chapter II, Para

2.7, Pg 50

Annexure VIIIC

35. Occupational Health impacts of the Project

should be anticipated and the proposed

preventive measures spelt out in detail. Details

of pre-placement medical examination and

periodical medical examination schedules

should be incorporated in the EMP. The

project specific Occupational Health Mitigation

Measures with required facilities proposed in

the mining area may be detailed.

Occupational health impacts of the Project have

been assessed and details along with proposed

preventive measures are incorporated in this

Final EIA/EMP Report.

Details of pre-placement medical examination

and periodical medical examination schedules

have also been incorporated in this Final EIA/EMP

Report.

Chapter IV, Para

4.2.10 Pg 169 to

172

Chapter X, Para

10.6 Pg 227 to

228.

36. Public health implications of the Project and

related activities for the population in the

impact zone should be systematically

evaluated and the proposed remedial

measures should be detailed along with

Public health implications of the project and

related activities for the population in the impact

zone have been evaluated and common diseases

were identified. The same is given in this Final

EIA/EMP Report

Chapter IV, Para

4.2.7, pg 168



ToR Compliance


ToR


Page Ref. in Final

EIA/EMP Report

budgetary allocations.

37. Measures of socio economic significance and

influence to the local community proposed to

be provided by the Project Proponent should

be indicated. As far as possible, quantitative

dimensions may be given with time frames for

implementation.

Details of community welfare activities to be

done for the local community, along with

proposed budget have been incorporated in this

Final EIA/EMP report.

Chapter - VIII,

Page 220

38. Detailed environmental management plan to

mitigate the environmental impacts which,

should inter-alia include the impacts of change

of land use, loss of agricultural and grazing

land, if any, occupational health impacts

besides other impacts specific to the proposed

Project.

Detailed Environmental Management Plan for

this Mining Project has been incorporated in this

Final EIA/EMP Report.

Chapter X, Pg 223

to 229

39. Public hearing points raised and commitment

of the project proponent on the same along

with time bound action plan to implement the

same should be provided and also

incorporated in the final EIA/EMP Report of

the Project.

Public hearing for the project was held on

26.04.2019. Ddetailed action plan of issues raised

by public during public hearing along with

commitment and time bound action plan is given

in this Final EIA/EMP report.

Chapter VII, Para

7.1 pg 179 to 209

40. Details of litigation pending against the

project, if any, with direction /order passed by

any Court of Law against the project should be

given.

No litigation is pending against the project. -

41. The cost of the project (capital cost and

recurring cost) as well as the cost towards

implementation of EMP should clearly be spelt

out.

o Total Project Cost:Rs. 109 Crore/-

o Cost for Environmental Protection Measures:

o Capital cost –Rs. 2 Crore/

o Recurring cost –Rs. 50 Lakhs/ annum.

Chapter- VI, Para

6.4, Pg 178

42. A Disaster Management Plan shall be prepared

& included in the EIA/ EMP report.

Disaster Management Plan has been prepared &

incorporated in this Final EIA/ EMP report.

Chapter- VII, Para

7.2, Page no.- 210

to 217

43. Benefits of the Project if the Project is

implemented should be spelt out. The benefits

of the project shall clearly indicate

environmental, social, economic, employment

potential etc.

Proposed project will result in the environmental,

social & economic growth of the nearby area.

Details have been incorporated in this Final EIA/

EMP report.

Chapter- VIII,

Page n0. 219 to

220



ToR Compliance


ToR


Page Ref. in Final

EIA/EMP Report

Besides the above, the below mentioned general points should also be followed:-

a) All documents to be properly referenced with

index and continuous page numbering.

Complied with. -

b) Where data are presented in the report

especially in tables, the period in which the

data were collected and the sources should be

indicated.

Complied with -

c) Project Proponent shall enclose all the

analysis/ testing reports of water, air, soil,

noise etc. using the MoEF&CC/ NABL

accredited laboratories. All the original

analysis/ testing reports should be available

during appraisal of the Project.

Complied with. -

d) Where the documents provided are in a

language other than English, an English

translation should be provided.

Complied with. -

e) The Questionnaire for environmental appraisal

of mining projects as prescribed by the

Ministry shall also be filled and submitted.

Questionnaire will be submitted along with Final

EIA/ EMP report.

-

f) While preparing the EIA report, the

instructions for the Proponents & instructions

for the Consultants issued by MoEF vide O.M.

No.- J- 11013/ 41/ 2006- IA. II (I) dated 4th

August, 2009, which are available on the

website of this Ministry should be followed.

Compiled with. -

g) Changes, if any made in the basic scope &

project parameters (as submitted in Form- I &

PFR for securing the ToR) should be brought

to the attention of MoEF&CC with reasons for

such changes & permission should be sought,

as the ToR may also have to be altered. Post

Public Hearing changes in structure & content

of the Draft EIA/ EMP (other than

modifications arising out of the PH process)

will entail conducting the PH again with the

revised documentation.

Noted. -



ToR Compliance


ToR


Page Ref. in Final

EIA/EMP Report

h) As per the circular no.- J- 11011/ 618/ 2010- IA. II

(I) dated 30.05.2012, certified report of the

status of compliance of the conditions

stipulated in the environment clearance for

the existing operations of the project, should

be obtained from the Regional Office of

Ministry of Environment, forests & Climate

Change, as may be applicable.

This is a proposed mining project. -

i) The EIA report should also include (i) surface

plan of the area indicating contours of main

topographic features, drainage & mining area,

(ii) geological maps & sections & (iii) sections

of the mine pit & external dumps, if any clearly

showing the land features of the adjoining

area.

Surface plan, Geological maps & Sections have

been incorporated in this Final EIA/ EMP report.

Annexure VIII A &

VIII B

CHAPTER-I

INTRODUCTION



Final EIA / EMP Report


CHAPTER – I INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE OF THE REPORT

M/s. Springway Mining Pvt. Ltd. (SMPL) has proposed Limestone Mine in Tehsil- Pawai, District-

Panna (Madhya Pradesh). In compliance to Lease granted by Govt of MP, Environmental

Clearance is required for commencing the mining activity. This report has been prepared in

reference to the ToR prescribed by MoEFCC, New Delhi, to carry out the Environmental Impact

Assessment study for the Proposed Limestone Mine (M.L. Area- 499.641 ha) with Production

Capacity of 4.0 million TPA with installation of crusher 1600 TPH At Village- Kol Karhiya, Tehsil-

Pawai, District- Panna (Madhya Pradesh).

Terms of reference was granted during 33rd meeting of Expert Appraisal Committee (Non-Coal

Mining) held during 15 May, 2015 vide MoEFCC, vide letter no. J-11015/114/2015-IA. II (M) dated 08th

June, 2015. The Baseline data for the environmental studies has been collected during Summer

Season (March to May, 2018) as per the TOR letter issued by MoEFCC, New Delhi.

The main purpose of this report is to provide a coherent statement after analyzing all significant

impacts of the proposed mining project and measures that should be taken to eliminate and

mitigate them. It contains essential information for:

• The proponent to implement the proposal in an environmentally and socially responsible way;

• The responsible authority to make an informed decision on the proposal, including the terms

and conditions that must be attached to an approval or authorization; and

• The public to understand the proposal and its likely impacts on people and the environment.

1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT & PROJECT PROPONENT

1.2.1 IDENTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT

A. PROJECT PROPOSAL

M/s. Springway Mining Pvt. Ltd. (SMPL) has proposed Limestone Mine (M.L. Area- 499.641 ha)

with Production Capacity of 4.0 million TPA with installation of crusher 1600 TPH At Village- Kol

Karhiya, Tehsil- Pawai, District- Panna (Madhya Pradesh).

B. SCREENING CATEGORY

As per EIA Notification dated 14th September, 2006, as amended from time to time; the project

falls under S. No.‘1’ (Mining of Minerals), Project or Activity ‘1(a) - (3)’, Category “A”.

C. MINING LEASE STATUS

SMPL was granted Prospecting License (PL) for exploration of limestone in village- Kol

Karhiya, Tehsil- Pawai, District- Panna (Madhya Pradesh) over an area of 499.641 ha vide Govt.

order no. F- 2-40/ 2013/ 12/ 1, Bhopal dated 01.03.2014. The PL granted for 2 years till 25.05.2016.

M/s. Springway Mining Pvt. Ltd. has been granted Letter Of Intent (LOI) for mining lease by

Mineral Resources Department, Govt. of Madhya Pradesh vide their Letter No. F 2-40/ 2013/ 12-

1 dated 09.12.2014 for limestone over an area of 499.641 ha in Tehsil Pawai in Panna District.





Mining lease was granted by Govt of Madhya Pradesh vide order No F 3-40/2015/12/1 dated

13.07.2015. Mining lease deed was executed on 13.10.2015 (Copy of the same is enclosed as

Annexure- I).

D. STATUS OF APPROVAL OF MINING PLAN

Mining Plan with Progressive Mine Closure Plan for the proposed limestone mine (M.L. Area-

499.641 ha) has been approved by IBM vide letter no. MP/ Panna/ Limestone/ MPLN/ G- 22/ 2014- 15

dated 27.05.2015 (Copy of the same is enclosed as Annexure- IX).

E. STATUS OF PROPOSED PROJECT FOR ENVIRONMENT CLEARANCE

The chronology of the project activities undertaken so far with respect to the process of getting

Environment clearance are as given in the table below-

Table-1.1

Status of proposal for Environmental Clearance

S. No. Project Activity Date/Duration

1. Application (Form-I/ToR and Pre-Feasibility Report) uploaded on MoEFCC

web portal 2nd April, 2015

2. First Technical Presentation (for ToR approval) held before EAC (Non Coal

Mining) 15th May, 2015

3. ToR Letter issued by MoEFCC on 8th June, 2015

4. Baseline Monitoring & data collection (as per TOR issued by MoEFCC) Summer Season (March to May,

2018)

5. Extension of Validity of ToR issued by MoEFCC 8th May, 2018

6. Public hearing documents submission to MP, SPCB for conduction of

public hearing 20th February, 2019

7. Conduction of public hearing 26th April, 2019

1.2.2 IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT PROPONENT

Applicant : M/s. Springway Mining Pvt. Ltd.

A-301, Rajanigandha, Green Garden Estate,

Near S.P. Office, Gwalior- 474 011,

Madhya Pradesh

M/s. Springway Mining Pvt. Ltd. (SMPL) is one of the leading business house in India, having

business in diverse area including distilleries, power etc.

A company, Springway Dealers Pvt. Ltd., was incorporated on 08.09.2010 under the Companies

Act, 1956 & later the name of the company was changed to Springway Mining Pvt. Ltd. on

20.12.2011 & was approved by Registrar of Companies, West Bengal.





1.3 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO

THE COUNTRY, REGION

1.3.1 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE & LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

The brief description of the nature, size and location of the project has been given in table below:

TABLE - 1.2

S. No. Particulars Details

A. Nature of project Limestone Mining Project

B. Size of project

1. Mining Lease area 499.641 ha {Govt. Land – 11.553 ha, Private Land –

488.088 ha)

2. Proposed Production capacity 4.0 million TPA with installation of crusher 1600 TPH

C. Project Location

1. Village Kol Karhiya

2. Tehsil Pawai

3. District Panna

4. State Madhya Pradesh

5. Latitude 24015’29.02” N To 240 17' 09.55” N

6. Longitude 790 48'24.91” E To 79050'21.15” E

7. Toposheet No. 54 P/15

Source: Site Visit & Pre- Feasibility Report

1.3.2 IMPORTANCE TO THE COUNTRY AND REGION

Mining is one of the major core sector industries, which plays an important role in the progress of

country’s economic development.

M/s. Springway Mining Pvt Ltd has proposed to set up an integrated cement Project-Clinker (2.5

MTPA), Cement (4.0 MTPA), Captive Power Plant (40 MW) & WHRS (10 MW) at Village Gaisabad,

Tehsil Hatta, District Damoh (Madhya Praesh). ToR for the same has been granted by MoEFCC vide

their Letter No IA-J-11011/69/2019-IA.II (I) dated 01.05.2019.

The limestone deposit, in the proposed mine, is found near Village- Kol Karhiya in Tehsil- Pawai,

District – Panna (Madhya Pradesh) and spreads over an area of 499.641 ha. The limestone from

this mine will be used for the manufacturing of Cement in their upcoming Cement Plant at Village

Gaisabad, Tehsil Hatta, District Damoh (Madhya Praesh).

1.4 SCOPE OF THE STUDY

Scope of this study covers all the points given in the Terms of Reference (ToR) prescribed by the

MoEFCC vide letter no. J-11015/114/2015-IA. II (M) dated 08th June, 2015 and validity extension on

08th May, 2018.

The data generated from various studies for EIA/EMP are presented and discussed in following

chapters of this report prepared as per Appendix-III of the EIA Notification, 2006.





Chapter Description

Chapter-I Introduction

Chapter-II Project Description

Chapter-III Description of the Environment

Chapter-IV Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

Chapter-V Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site)

Chapter-VI Environmental Monitoring Plan

Chapter-VII Additional Studies

Chapter-VIII Project Benefits

Chapter-IX Environment Cost Benefit Analysis

Chapter-X Environment Management Plan

Chapter-XI Summary & Conclusion

Chapter-XII Disclosure of Consultants Engaged

CHAPTER-II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION





CHAPTER–II

PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1 TYPE OF THE PROJECT

M/s. Springway Mining Pvt. Ltd. (SMPL) has proposed Limestone Mine (M.L. Area: 499.641 ha)

with production capacity of 4.0 million TPA with installation of crusher 1600 TPH.

As per EIA Notification, dated 14th September, 2006 and as amended from time to time; the

proposed mining project falls under Category “A”, Project or Activity 1 (a) - (3).

2.2 NEED FOR THE PROJECT

With respect to the importance of the project to the nation, it can be well said that in a developing

nation like India, cement is backbone for infrastructural development, and for manufacturing of

cement, limestone is the major raw material. Thus, keeping in mind this requirement, mining of

limestone is necessary for the nation’s growth.

M/s. Springway Mining Pvt Ltd has proposed to set up an integrated cement Project-Clinker (2.5

MTPA), Cement (4.0 MTPA), Captive Power Plant (40 MW) & WHRS (10 MW) at Village Gaisabad,

Tehsil Hatta, District Damoh (Madhya Praesh). ToR for the same has been granted by MoEFCC vide

their Letter No IA-J-11011/69/2019-IA.II (I) dated 01.05.2019.

The applicant, M/s. Springway Mining Pvt. Ltd., intends to mine 4.0 million TPA of limestone from

the allocated mining lease over an area of 499.641 ha, by fully- mechanized opencast method of

mining at Village- Kol Karhiya, Tehsil- Pawai, District- Panna (Madhya Pradesh).

SMPL has proposed this mining project in order to meet the requirement of limestone for the

manufacturing of Cement in their upcoming Cement Plant at Village Gaisabad, Tehsil Hatta,

District Damoh (Madhya Praesh).

Besides this, the project will prove beneficial in terms of rapid industrialization and growth in the

region. The project will generate substantial direct & indirect employment, the benefits of which

will percolate to the inhabitants of the surrounding area resulting in improvement in the overall

socio-economic development of the area.

2.3 LOCATION

The mine site is located in Village- Kol Karhiya, Tehsil- Pawai, District- Panna, Madhya Pradesh. The

maps showing general location, specific location (Mine Lease boundary) along with geographical

coordinates, and geology & geomorphology of the mine site is given on the following pages.

2.3.1 LOCATION MAP (GENERAL AND SPECIFIC)

The map showing general as well as specific location of the project site is as given below-





Figure 2.1: Location Map

Proposed Limestone Mine (M.L. Area- 499.641 ha) with Production Capacity of 4.0 million TPA, with installation of crusher 1600 TPH




2.3.2 MAP SHOWING GEOLOGY AND GEOMORPHOLOGY OF THE MINE SITE WITH CORNER COORDINATES

Figure 2.2: Map showing Geographical Co-ordinates and Geomorphology of the Proposed Mine





2.3.3 PROJECT SITE LAYOUT

A. LAND DETAILS

Mining lease area for the proposed project is 499.641 ha, which is located in Village- Kol Karhiya.

In view of various contraints i.e., village and its roads, small streams and electrical line, the entire

lease area is being divided into 16 zones. Out of total lease area, 11.553 ha land is Govt waste land

and 488.088 ha land is Pvt Agriculture land. Detailed R&R plan has been prepared for the project

and is enclosed with this Final EIA/ EMP report as Annexure- XII.

No forest land falls within the lease area. Letter for the same has been received from DFO vide

letter No Maa. Chi/2015/5305 dated 03.11.2015 and Addl Principal Chief Conservator of Forest vide

letter no F-1/2019/10-11/1690 dated 25.05.2019. Copy of same enclosed as Annexure IIIA.

Existing features of the Lease area:

M.L. area is mostly covered by black cotton soil having sporadic occurrences of limestone &

shale at surface.

M.L. area forms a flat terrain in general with low undulating topography at places.

The maximum elevation of the area is 322 m AMSL in the eastern part of the area whereas the

lowest elevation is about 304 m AMSL in the northern part of the area.

The general slope of the area is towards northwest.

There are no nala(s) or streams within the M.L. area.

The surface water accumulated during rainy season either get absorbed within ground or run

off through the favorable slope & get merged with Bearma river.

The drainage of the area is controlled by Bearma river, which is tributary of Ken river flowing

at western, northern & southern periphery of M.L. area.

Description of the area is given in the surface plan and the post-mining land use has been

given in the conceptual plan.

(Both maps are enclosed as Annexure- VIIIA & VIIIC respectively).

2.3.4 PROJECT SITE PHOTOGRAPHS





2.4 SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION

This Proposal is for Production Capacity of 4.0 million TPA with installation of crusher 1600 TPH.

The estimated capital cost of the project is Rs.109 Crore/-.

2.4.1 ASSOCIATED ACTIVITIES/ FACILITIES

Table-2.1

Statutory Facilities Proposed

Unit Activity

Within mines Common with Plant

Statutory

Facilities

Rest Shelter

Mobile Canteen

Drinking Water

Urinals & Latrines

Adequate lighting

arrangement

First Aid Stations

First Aid Room

Mines office cum Time

office

Survey & Drawing office

Garage cum Workshop

Vocational Training Centre

Fuel dispensing pumps

General stores (HEMM)

Quality Control office

Power supply

Main water supply

Hospital & Ambulance

Welfare Centre/ Library/

Club/ Colony

Nursery

Post Office

Bank

School

Security

Horticulturist Office

Guest house

Fire fighting station

Environment Management Cell

Park (s)/ Playground (s)/ Place (s)

of worship

Public transport service

Community Centre/ Shopping complex etc.

2.5 PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION

The mining project will be implemented after getting all the statutory clearances and consents

from the respective authorities. Proposed schedule for grant of EC for the mining project is given

as under:





2.5.1 APPROVAL

Table-2.2

Proposed schedule for grant of EC

S. No. Activity description CumulativeDuration*

(Months)

1. Mining plan along with Progressive Mine Closure Plan

preparation & approval by IBM

Completed

2. Environment Clearance from MoEFCC, New Delhi

Application submission to MOEF&CC, New Delhi Completed

Grant of ToR Completed

Baseline Study Conduction (Summer Season) Completed

Submission of PH documents to SPCB Completed

Conducting Public hearing 45 days

Appraisal from EAC (Non Coal Mining) 60 Days

Grant of EC by MOEF&CC 60 days

* Duration given above is as per the EIA Notification, 2006.

2.5.2 IMPLEMENTATION

Implementation of the proposed mining project will be done in accordance with the existing acts

and rules applicable on mining operations and as per Approved Mining Plan and Progressive Mine

Closure Plan approved by Indian Bureau of Mines.

2.6 TECHNOLOGY AND PROCESS DESCRIPTION

2.6.1 PROJECT REQUIREMENTS

The project requirements such as water, power, man-power, machinery with source of supply are

described in the sections below.

2.6.1.1 WATER REQUIREMENT

Total water requirement for the project will be 100 KLD which will be met from River Bearma and

Mine Sump (as & when developed). Permission for withdrawal of water from river Bearma has

been obtained from Water Resource Dept vide their letter dated 04.03.2015. Copy of same is

enclosed as Annexure VI with this Final EIA/EMP Report.

The break-up of water requirement is given in the Table 2.3:





TABLE: 2.3

Water Requirement

S. No Activities Requirement (in KLD)

1. Dust Suppression 60

2. Drinking & Sanitation 10

3. Green Belt 20

4. Others 10

Total 100

Source: Approved Mining Plan with Progressive Mine Closure Plan (Pg. 94)

2.6.1.2 WATER BALANCE

Figure 2.3: Water Balance Diagram

2.6.1.3 MAN POWER REQUIREMENT

The total manpower required for the proposed mining project will be around 86 persons.

Preference will be given to the local people as per their eligibility.

Table: 2.4

Manpower Required

S. No. Type Number

1. Highly Skilled 8*

2. Skilled 57

3. Semi- skilled 11

4. Un- skilled 10

Total 86


*including one environmental officer

Total Quantity- 100 KLD

Drinking & Sanitation- 10 KLD Dust Suppression- 60 KLD

Green Belt- 20 KLD Others- 10 KLD

Filtration Tank





2.6.1.4 EXTENT OF MECHANIZATION

The following machinery & equipments will be required for mining operation:

TABLE: 2.5

Machinery & Equipments for Mining

S. No. Type Size/Capacity No.

1. DTH Hydraulic Drills with onboard

compressor

100 mm dia 04

2. Hydraulic Excavator 5.5 m3 bucket capacity 05

3. Rear Dump Trucks 50 ton payload capacity 12

4. Wheel Loader 5.4 m3 bucket capacity 01

5. Hydraulic Excavator with Rock Breaker Siutable for 1.9 m3 bucket

capacity excavator

01

6. Crawler mounted Bulldozer 305 HP 02

7. Grader 135 hp 01

8. Explosive Van 5 ton 01

9. Water sprinkler 10 KL 01

10. Mobile service van - 01

11. Jeeps - 02

12. Fuel Bowser 5 KL 03

13. Pump with accessories 500 m3/hr 04

14. Portable Tower Light - 01

15. Limestone Crusher 1600 01


2.6.2 TECHNOLOGY DESCRIPTION

2.6.2.1 GEOLOGY OF THE AREA

The limestone formation of this region belongs to the Bhander Group (Upper Vindhyan) of

the Vindhyan system of Indian Stratigraphy. The Bhander Group forms one of the productive

limestone bearing formations in this region.

The Vindhyan basin is a classic example of Proterozoic intra- continental basin that developed

in the central part of the Indian shield along with several other basins such as Cuddapah,

Chhattisgarh etc.

The Vindhyan strata define a broad, regional syncline trending ENE- WSW. The axis of the

syncline is slightly curved (convex towards north) & plunges gently towards west. The

average dip of the southern limb is greater than that of the northern limb rendering the axial

plane to dip southerly.





The entire Vindhyan succession, maximum thickness estimated to be around 3 km, &

comprising of mainly sandstone, shale & limestone as the Vindhyan Supergroup.

The stratigraphic succession is given in table no 2.6

Table: 2.6

Local Geological Succession

Group Unit Remark

Recent Black Cotton Soil/

Clay

Derived from weathering of quartzite & shale.

Bhander Group Bhander

Limestone

o Upper Shale- Thick shale with few thin partings of limestone.

o Upper Shaly Limestone- Alternative thin bands of limestone &

shale.

o Limestone- Thick limestone bands with thin partings of shale.

o Lower Shaly Limestone- Alternative thin bands of limestone &

shale.

o Bottom Shale- Thick shale with few thin partings of limestone.


The various litho- units encountered in the applied M.L. area are described in order of their

superposition in the following paragraphs:

Overburden Soil

The overburden soil comprises of black cotton soil at top & yellowish clay at bottom. The black

cotton soil is sticky when wet & becomes very hard when dry. The clay is fine to sandy, silty, clayey

& lateritic in nature depending upon the source from which it has been derived. It is yellowish to

brownish yellow in color & sticky when wet. The thickness of this litho unit is highly variable

depending upon the impact of weathering of underlying rock. In general, the entire study area has

overburden soil cover ranging in thickness from 0.20 m to 16.50 m with average thickness of 10.27

m.

Upper Shale

This litho unit is grey, pinkish to pale yellowish in color, fine grained, thinly to thickly bedded,

medium hard & fissile in nature. Thin bands of limestone of about 2 to 10 mm thick are found

associated with this litho unit at places. The thickness of this unit as revealed from the borehole

drilled in the area varies from 4.7 m to 34.70 m with average thickness of 17.52 m. This litho unit

overlies upper shaly limestone horizon.

Upper Shaly Limestone

This litho unit is comprised of alternative bands of grey color limestone & yellowish grey color

shale of few centimeters to about 10 centimeters thick. Calcite striations were observed within

this litho unit. The frequency of shale is more on top part while at bottom towards contact with

underlying limestone the frequency of shale bands decreases showing gradational changes into

limestone. The thickness of this unit as revealed from the borehole drilled in the area varies from

0.85 m to 5.20 m with average thickness of 2.56 m. This litho unit overlies limestone horizon.





Limestone

The limestone is fine grained to crypto crystalline, massive with few thin shale partings. It is hard &

compact with varying colors like gray, gray & light gray. The dark gray limestone is high grade in

nature, whereas, the gray limestone is cement grade. Stylolites were visible almost in entire

limestone horizon along, across & oblique to the bedding plane indicating digenesis process.

Limestone band is varying in thickness ranging from 6.30 m to 27.20 m with average thickness of

17.71 m. This litho unit overlies lower shaly limestone horizon.

Lower Shaly Limestone

This litho unit is comprised of alternative bands of gray color limestone & yellowish gray color

shale of few centimeters to about 10 centimeters. Calcite striations were observed within this litho

unit. The frequency of shale is low on top part while at bottom towards contact with underlying

shale, the frequency of shale bands increases showing gradational changes into shale. The

thickness of this unit as revealed from the borehole drilled in the area varies from 0.55 to 11.15 m

with average thickness of 4.57 m. This litho unit overlies lower shale horizon.

Lower Shale

This litho unit is gray, pinkish to pale yellowish in color, fine grained, thinly to thickly to thinly

bedded, medium hard & fissile in nature. The thickness of this unit as revealed from the borehole

drilled in the area varies from 1.90 m to 20.45 m with average thickness of 7.02 m.

Structure

On regional basis, Bhander limestone formation is horizontally disposed, with a very gentle dip of

2° to 5°. However in the M.L. area, in general, all the litho units are horizontally disposed. But at

places shows rolling dips, as revealed from the dug pits/ dug wells & core samples. On this basis, it

can be revealed that the litho units trends in N60°E – S60°W direction dipping towards S30°E.

A generalized geological cross section of the area is shown below.

Figure 2.4: Generalized Geological Cross Section of the Area

Table: 2.7

Chemical Composition of Different Litho Units

Litho Unit Chemical Composition %

SiO2 Al2O3 Fe2O3 CaO MgO LOI

Limestone 11.99 2.17 1.33 44.25 1.79 37.00

Lower Shaly Limestone 21.90 2.97 1.88 35.71 3.56 32.40

Upper Shaly Limestone 34.62 6.64 3.44 27.07 1.98 24.51






2.6.3 DETAILS OF MINING

2.6.3.1 EXPLORATION CARRIED OUT IN THE AREA

Previously, the area was prospected by GSI & State Department of Mines & Geology. However, no

records of the same are available, except for the fact that this area bears calcareous horizon. This

fact was confirmed by number of small scale mining activities, which can be observed in the

adjoining areas for mining of limestone either for construction purpose or for lime manufacturing

units.

The entire M.L. area was under Prospecting License (PL) & has been explored by SMPL through

M/s. SPS GeoMining Solutions Pvt. Ltd. under supervision of HOLTEC. The exploration activities

started in the month of July, & were carried out until November, 2014.

Initially, a thorough reconnaissance of the area was carried out in order to assess the potential

area to start prospecting operations. As stated earlier, the entire area is concealed beneath soil

cover, hence the lithology exposed in river cuttings/ dug pits formed the basis for borehole

planning & subsequent exploration activities. The summary of exploration activities carried out by

SMPL during this geological exploration is given below in Table 2.8

Table: 2.8

Summary of Exploration

S. No. Exploration Activity Quantum of Work

1. Topographical survey 499.641 ha

2. Geological mapping 499.641 ha

3. No. of Core Boreholes drilled

54

Grid Area (ha)

Approx. 400 x 400 m 447.03

<200 x 200 m 52.611

4. Total Core Drilling 2225 m

5. Total Core Logging 2225 m

6. Core Samples prepared & analyzed 935 nos.


2.6.3.2 EXPLORATION TO BE CARRIED OUT IN THE AREA

In order to convert indicated & inferred category resources to measured category considering the

proposed excavation programme for the plan period, additional drilling has been planned & is

given in Table 2.9.





Table: 2.9

Year- Wise Future Exploration Programme

Year No. of Boreholes

(Core/ RC/ DTH)

Grid Interval

Total Meterage (m)

No. of Pits, Dimension &

Volume

No. of Trenches, Dimension & Volume

1st Year Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

2nd Year Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

3rd Year 22 (Core) 200 m 1208 Nil Nil

4th Year 34 (Core) 200 m 1820 Nil Nil

5th Year 18 (Core) 200 m 602 Nil Nil

Total 74 (Core) - 3630 Nil Nil


2.6.3.3 ESTIMATION OF RESERVES

Details of the reserves/ resources as per UNFC are given in the Table 2.10.

Table: 2.10

Reserves as per UNFC

Classification Code Quantity

(Million Tonnes)

Grade

A. Total Mineral Reserves 15.516 Cement

1) Proved Mineable Reserves 111 15.516 Cement

2) Probable Mineable Reserves 121 - Cement

2) Probable Mineral Reserves 122 - -

B. Total Remaining Resources 144.583

1) Feasibility Mineral Resources 211 3.022 Cement

2)Pre Feasibility Mineral Resources 221

222

-

-

-

-

3) Measured Mineral Resources 331 2.877 Cement

4)Indicated Mineral Resources 332 - -

5) Inferred Mineral Resources 333 138.684 Cement

6)Reconnaissance Mineral Resources 334 - -

Total Reserves + Resources 160.10 Cement


2.6.3.3.1 MINEABLE RESERVES AND ANTICIPATED LIFE OF MINE

A total of 15.516 million tonnes limestone reserves under proved category and 144.583 million

tonnes limestone under remaining resources category have been estimated in mining lease area.

The feasibility study has been carried out. The mining lease area has been divided into 14 zones.

Out of the 14 zones, few zones are very small in size and also in view of substantial thickness of

overburden overlying the limestone, safe and systematic mine development and production even

by manual means is not possible. Thus out of 14 zones the reserves and resources have been

estimated under mineable category for 7 zones and accordingly the mine development and





production has been planned during the plan and conceptual period. In order to convert the

resources into reserves, 3630 m core drilling in the form of 74 boreholes has been proposed

during the plan period.

With future programme of exploration during the plan & conceptual period, it is anticipated that

about 106.60 million tones mineable limestone reserves would be available in the area and 44.84

million tonnes screen reject will be generated during conceptual period. Qualitatively limestone of

the area is suitable for manufacturing of clinker/cement. The sub-grade limestone would also be

blended with limestone and about 15.09 million tonnes of sub- grade limestone (mineral reject)

will be used up to conceptual period. The expected life of mine [@4.0 million TPA limestone

requirements] works out to be about 31.5 years.

2.6.4 PROCESS DESCRIPTION

2.6.4.1 PROPOSED METHOD OF MINING

In view of various constraints i.e. village and its roads, small streams and electrical line, the entire

applied ML Area of 499.641 ha is being divided into 16 zones. Since few of the zones are very small

in area and also entire applied ML area is covered by a layer of thick overburden, thus out of the 16

zones, systematic and scientific mining can be carried out in 7 zones only. Mining operations will

be carried out by fully mechanized opencast method, utilizing Heavy Earth Moving Machinery

(HEMM) in conjunction with deep hole drilling & blasting with the use of suitable explosives.

Benches shall, to the extent possible, be kept across dip direction up to the ultimate pit limit &

shall be advanced along the strike direction of the deposit to give a fairly well blended material

from each bench.

Since it is a flat terrain deposit, the benches will descend down to form a pit & advance in the

strike direction for sufficient working length. An access road of about 1.8 km length will be

constructed from the mine pit to the crusher. Since the area is almost flat, thus the gradient of

main haul road will be <1%. The top benches comprising of overburden will be of 5 m height & will

be sloped at 65° from horizontal and the limestone benches will be of 8 m height & will be sloped

at 80° horizontal for its stability. The mining shall start by formation of benches in pit A and the

first bench shall be formed at 316 mRL.

Flow chart for proposed mining process is as given below:





Figure: 2.5 (Flow chart for mining process)

2.6.4.2 DRILLING & BLASTING

o Drilling

Drilling shall be carried out by hydraulically operated DTH drilling machine. The drilling

machine of 110 mm dia with onboard compressors is proposed to be deployed.

Table: 2.11

Drilling Geometry and Charging Pattern

Drilling Geometry

Parameters Dimensions

Bench height (m) 8

Sub grade drilling 10% of bench height

Depth of hole (m) 8.80

Dia of holes (mm) 110

Burden (m) 3

Spacing (m) 5

Bulk Density in situ 2.5

Yield per metre of drilling 8 x 3 x5 x 2.5 = 300 = 37.5 t

8 8






o Blasting

A system of deep hole blasting is proposed with 110 mm dia holes. The bench height shall be 8

m in limestone with 5 m spacing and 3 m burden. The inclined holes at 10° from vertical in

staggered pattern are proposed to be drilled for primary blasting.

Sub- grade drilling will be kept @ 10% of the bench height in the primary holes.

No secondary blasting is envisaged in this mine. The oversized boulders generated during

primary blasting will be broken up by hydraulic rock breaker.

Blasting Pattern

The pattern of initiation adopted affects the standard of fragmentation, muck profile after the

blast, ground vibrations, noise generated, fly rock & air blast. Staggered pattern of drilling is

proposed to be adopted. About 20 to 40 holes are proposed to be blasted in a single round.

The individual holes are proposed to be connected to each other by detonating cord. The rows are

proposed to be connected using cord relays to provide free face for each row & it gives minimum

vibrations & good fragmentation.

The normal blasting cycle for primary blasting is proposed to be during daylight in between lunch

hours (between shift change over) covering 20 to 40 holes in total depending upon length &

number of the faces & same will be continued in future also.

For initiation, 0 number detonators are to be used with NONEL system for primary blasting &

wherever necessary, controlled blasting will be practised to reduce the fly rocks, ground vibration

& noise etc.

Blasting Parameters

1. Bench Height : 8 m

2. Burden : 3 m

3. Spacing : 5 m

4. Sub-Grade drilling : 10% of bench height

5. Depth of hole : 8 m + 0.8 m (sub-grade drilling)= 8.8 m

6. Tonnage per hole : 8 x 3 x 5 x 2.5= 300 ton

7. Charge per hole : 40.74 kg

8. Powder factor : 7.36 tonnes per kg of explosive

9. Stemming : 2.67 m

Manner & Sequence of Firing

At this mine, staggered pattern is proposed to be adopted.

Long (ms) delay will be used down the hole & surface connectors will be used in different milli

second delay combinations so that only one hole will get blasted at a time. This will help in

reducing ground vibrations, back breaking, fly rocks & air blast. The blasting operations are also

proposed to be monitored for the ground vibrations & fly rock and are proposed to be kept within

the statutory limits.

Controlled blasting with down the hole initiation technique is proposed to be adopted which

produces less vibration, less noise & better fragmentation. Blast monitoring will be done to





monitor the peak particle velocity & ground vibrations. In addition to this, the following measures

will also be followed:

Effective burden will not be excessive & free faces will be kept long & free.

Number of blast holes per delay will be kept minimum possible.

Appropriate sub- grade drilling will be done.

Maximum Holes will be blasted possibly towards free face.

NONEL system of initiation will be followed to minimize the noise.

Types of Explosives

The most common type of explosives available in India and generally used in opencast mines is:

1. Cap sensitive (Primer charge), Slurry Boosters

o Aluminum slurry like Toe Blast, Raj blast

o PETN/ TNT based Pentolite (Cast booster)

o Emulsion explosives (Emulsion Cast Booster

2. Non- cap sensitive (Column charge)

o Nitrate mixtures - Slurry explosives (Class 2) based on Ammonium Nitrate viz powergel,

aquadyne etc shall be used as column charge in watery holes and,

o Ammonium Nitrate Fuel Oil (ANFO) mixture - Field mixed shall be used in the dry holes.

Out of these, ANFO is the most popular, being the cheapest & hence cost effective & economical.

In addition, ANFO is safe to handle & store.

It is proposed to use ANFO/ SMS as main column charge forming about 99.5% of the total charge

with Emulsion based cast booster (Primer charge) forming about 0.5% of the total charge. NONEL

is proposed to be used for bottom initiation & to reduce ground vibrations.

Prilled, free flowing Ammonium Nitrate will be mixed intimately with about 6% by weight of diesel

oil no. 2 (with flash point not less than 38° C). The mixture so prepared will then be used as

explosive agent & loaded into blast holes along with booster charge.

Storage of Explosives

The estimated average daily consumption of ANFO will be 1819 kg i.e. 45-46 tonnes per

month. Proper storage for 25 t to 30 t of Ammonium Nitrate (AN) will be provided & stock will

be replenished suitably.

A suitable explosive magazine is proposed with the capacity of 10 t as per Indian Explosives

Act, 1884 & Explosive Rules, 2008.

A separate AN storage & ANFO mixing shed has also been proposed & will be constructed as

per rules.

Capacity of Explosives Magazine

For meeting the planned production targets, keeping in view the proposed production capacity of

the mine and material to be handled per day, a 10 ton capacity magazine is proposed, which will

be good enough to store class 2 & class 3 (Div I) explosives.





2.6.4.3 LOADING & TRANSPORT

A) Haulage within leasehold area

The rear dump truck of 55 ton payload capacity is proposed to be deployed for handling of

limestone, overburden & reject.

Initially 12 nos. of dump trucks, including 1 no. as standby, of 55 ton payload capacity will be

sufficient to handle the targeted production.

B) Haulage from Mine head to the destination

The crushed limestone from the crusher proposed to be located within the mining lease will be

transported to the plant by 1.5 km long covered belt conveyor. The Mining details are given in

Table below:

Table: 2.12

Mining Details


1. Method of Mining Fully Mechanized Opencast

2. Total Geological Reserves 160.10 Million Tonnes

3. Total Mineable reserves 121.7 million tonnes (106.61 million tonnes cement grade

limestone + 15.09 million tonnes blendable mineral reject)

4. Percentage of extraction 100%

5. Grade of Mineral Cement Grade

6. Proposed Life of the Mine ~31.5 years

7. Bench Height 8 m in Limestone & 5 m in Overburden

8. Bench Width 25- 30 m (working benches)

9. Elevation Range 305- 322 m AMSL

10. General Ground Level 316 m AMSL

11. Ground Water Table 8- 13 m bgl (Pre- monsoon)

5- 9 m bgl (Post- monsoon)

12. Ultimate Working Depth 258 m AMSL (58 m bgl)

13. Overall Pit Slope 51O (at the UPL)

14. Stripping ratio (Ore: Waste) 1:1.08 (Tonnes: Tonnes) (For first five year)

15. Number of Working Days per year 300 days

16. Number of shifts per day 2

Source: Approved Mining Plan with Progressive Mine Closure Plan





2.6.4.4 YEAR WISE PRODUCTION & EXCAVATION DETAILS FOR FIRST FIVE YEARS

The summary of in- situ excavation is given below.

Table-2.13

Summary of In- Situ Excavation (in cum)

Year Pit

No.

Total

Excavation

Soil

OB/ SB/

IB

ROM Mineral

Reject*

ROM/

Waste

Ratio

Limestone Mineral

Reject*

1st A 1,441,925 856,485 103,985 481,455 Nil Nil 1:1.99

2nd A 1,443,955 177,525 465,919 785,890 14,620 Nil 1:0.80

3rd A 3,034,155 587,820 472,900 1,396,000 204,000 373,435 1:0.90

4th A 2,698,595 209,850 790,716 1,395,629 204,370 98,030 1:0.69

5th A 2,750,845 410,930 821,995 1,416,011 101,910 Nil 1:0.81

Total 11,369,475 2,242,610 2,655,515 5,474,985 524,900 471,465 1:0.89

Source: Approved Mining Plan with Progressive Mine Closure Plan (Pg.46)

*Mineral reject is sub- grade limestone

Table: 2.14

Year- Wise Proposed Production Details

Year Limestone Mineral Reject Total (ROM)

Cum Million

Tonnes*

Cum Million

Tonnes*

Cum Million Tonnes*

1st 481,455 1.20 Nil Nil 481,455 1.20

2nd 785,890 1.96 14,620 0.03 800510 1.99

3rd 1,396,000 3.49 204,000 0.51 1600000 4.0

4th 1,395,629 3.48 204,370 0.51 1599999 3.99

5th 1,416,011 3.54 101,910 0.25 1517921 3.79

Source: Approved Mining Plan with Progressive Mine Closure

*Bulk Density= 2.5 tonnes/ cu. m

2.6.5 SOIL MANAGEMENT

Nature: The overburden soil comprises of black cotton soil at top and yellowish clay at

bottom. The black cotton soil is silky when wet ans becomes very hard when dry. The clay is

fine to sandy, silty, clayey and lateritic in nature depending upon the source from which it

has been derived. It is yellowish to brownish yellow in color and sticky when wet.

Generation: During plan period, 4.04 million tonnes of soil will be generated and up to life

of mine 27.30 million tonnes of OB soil will be generated. Year wise (up to 5th year) break up

of top soil generation is given below:





Table-2.15

S. No Year Soil

1. 1st 856,485

2. 2nd 177,525

3. 3rd 587,820

4. 4th 209,850

5. 5th 410,930

Total (in cum) 2,242,610

Total (in million tonnes) 4.04


Break up of soil generation upto life of mine is given below:

Table-2.16

S. No Year Soil (million tonnes)

1. 1st to 5th year 4.04

2. 6th to 10th year 6.92




26th year to end of life of mine 3.78

Total 27.30


Management: Top soil is proposed to be stacked in the temporary OBS dump yard (OBS 1 & 2)

located twards north of pit A and shall be used in plantation. Yearwise stacking of top soil is

given in table below:

Table-2.17

Period Soil (OBS-1) Soil (OBS-2)

Area

(ha)

Avg

height

(m)

Quantity

(million

cum)

Level Area

(ha)

Avg height

(m)

Quantity

(million

cum)

Level

1st year 11.99 8.48 0.86 316 – 327 Nil Nil Nil Nil

2nd year Nil Nil Nil Nil 1.95 10.79 0.18 315 – 327

3rd year 5.43 10.36 0.47 312 – 327 1.23 10.93 0.11 316 – 327

4th year 2.65 9.40 0.21 315 – 337 Nil Nil Nil Nil

5th year 6.39 7.64 0.41 327 – 337 Nil Nil Nilnhbg Nil

The location of soil dumps are given below:





Table: 2.18

Details of Dumps

Material (Dump) Northing Easting Remarks

Soil (OBS- 1) 2685365 to 2686330 379240 to 379800

For dumping of top soil Soil (OBS- 2) 2685530 to 2685815 379490 to 379728


The maximum height of the temporary dump for soil will be 20 m in the form of terraces of 10 m.

the dumps shall be sloped at the angle of their natural angle of repose, which is likely to be

repose, which is likely to be around <30•.

2.6.6 OVERBURDEN MANAGEMENT

NATURE OF OVERBURDEN

The overburden upper shale and upper shaly limestone is overlain by the overburden soil and clay

and qualitatively not suitable for cement manufacturing and hence shall also form part of

overburden. The upper shale is grey, pinkish to pale yellowish in color, fine grained, thinly to

thickly bedded, medium hard and fissile in nature. This litho unit overlies upper shaly limestone

horizon. The upper shaly limestone comprises of alternative bands of grey color limestone and

yellowinsh grey color shale of few centimeters to about 10 centimeter thick. Calcite striatations

were observed within this litho-unit. The frequency of shale is more on top part while at bottom

towards contact with underlying limestone the frequency of shale bands decreases showing

gradational changes into limestone.

OB GENERATION

Total OB/SB/IB generated during plan period will be 2.65 million cum of which 1.09 million cum of

overburden will be used in construction of embankment. About 0.74 million cum of overburden

will be utilized in reclamation by backfilling part of area in the Pit A (5.72 ha area) and about 0.82

million cum of overburden will be utilized in OB dump yard (WD -1). Break up of yearwise OB

generation is given below:

Table-2.19

Year Pit No. OB/ SB/ IB

1st A 103,985

2nd A 465,919

3rd A 472,900

4th A 790,716

5th A 821,995

Total (m3) 2,655,515

Total (million tonnes) 5.09





Break up of OB generation upto life of mine is given below:

Table-2.20

S. No Year OB (Million tonnes)



3. 11th to 15th year 18.93

4. 16th to 20th year 32.55

5. 21st to 25th year 16.24

6. 26th year to end of life of mine 8.29

Total 105.14


Table: 2.21

Details of Dumps


Overburden (WD- 1) 2685295 to 2685570 379610 to 380115 For dumping of clay, shale & upper shaly

limestone


The maximum height of the temporary dump for overburden will be 12 m in the form of terraces

of 10 m. the dumps shall be sloped at the angle of their natural angle of repose, which is likely to

be around <30•.

Ultimately, entire OB in the form of clay, shale and upper shaly limestone shall be utilized

concurrently in reclamation and rehabilitation of exploited pit by backfilling. The soil is proposed

to be spread over the area and plantation shall be carried out

2.6.7 MINERAL REJECT/SUB GRADE LIMESOTNE

NATURE OF MINERAL REJECT/SUB-GRADE LIMESTONE

The limestone of the area is underlain by lower shaly limestone. Since the frequency of shale

bands in this litho-unit is less in comparison to upper shaly limestone and qualitatively suitable for

blending with limestone and also falls under the cut-off grade suggested by IBM, thus has

classified as sub-grade limestone.

GENERATION OF MINERAL REJECT/SUB-GRADE LIMESTONE

The mineral reject is sub-grade limestone (> 34% Cao and < 40% Cao), which is above the thresold

value and cut-off grade suggested by IBM but below the acceptable range for manufacture of

cement as suggested by NCBM. From the mineral conservation point of view, it is proposed to

blend a part of sub-grade limestone i.e. mineral reject with the limestone for its use in cement

manufacturing.

MANAGEMENT OF MINERAL REJECT/SUB-GRADE LIMESTONE

The production, consumption, stacking of sub-grade limestone during each proposal year is given

below:





Table: 2.22

Year- Wise Proposed mineral reject Details

Year Quantity (m3)

Production Consumption Stacking Re-handling from stock for use Cumulative stock

1st Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil

2nd 14620 14620 Nil Nil Nil

3rd 577435 204000 373435 Nil 373435

4th 302400 204370 98030 Nil 471465

5th 101900 101910 Nil 82080 389385

Total 996355 524900 471465 82080

Total (MT) 2.49 1.31 1.18 0.21 0.97

Source: Approved Mining Plan with Progressive Mine Closure (Pg 66)

Break up of mineral reject generation upto life of mine is given below:

Table-2.23

S. No Year Mineral reject (million tonnes)

Utilized for cement

manufacturing after

blending with limestone

For stacking in

sub grade yard

Total

1. 1st to 5th year 1.52 0.97 2.49

2. 6th to 10th year 2.55 7.34 9.89

3. 11th to 15th year 2.55 2.67 5.22

4. 16th to 20th year 2.55 4.3 6.85

5. 21st to 25th year 2.55 1.02 3.57

6. 26th year to end of life of mine 3.37 13.45 16.82

Total 15.09 29.75 44.84


From above given table, it is clear that up to end of life of mine, total mineral reject exploited will

be 44.84 million tonnes of which 15.09 million tonnes shall be simultaneously utilized after

blending with the limestone for cement manufacturing. The balance 29.75 million tonnes shall be

stacked/backfilled separately according to Progressive Mine Closure Plan for its future use, if any

like blending with purchase of high grade limestone from nearby areas if found feasible and

economic at conceptual stage or it becomes usable with any technologically advancement in the

cement manufacturing process. The limestone shall be blended suitably with sub-grade limestone

in the cement manufacturing

Table: 2.24: Details of Dumps


Sub- grade Limestone (SD- 1) 2683965 to

2684365

379737 to 380055 For dumping of lower shaly limestone

(sub- grade)






The maximum height of the temporary dump for sub-grade limestone stack will be 10 m in the

form of terraces of 10 m. The dumps shall be sloped at the angle of their natural angle of repose,

which is likely to be around <30•.

2.7 CONCEPTUAL PLAN

At the conceptual stage, out of the total mining lease area (i.e. 499.641 ha), total mined-out area

will be around 340.63 ha; of which, 241.84 ha will be backfilled in which 207.99 ha area will be

rehabilitated by plantation (71.1 ha) & agriculture use (136.89 ha), 3.85 ha area will be rehabilitated

by bench slope palntation and remaining 94.94 ha will be developed as water reservoir. 178.64 ha

area will be covered under greenbelt/plantation. 1.65 ha area will be covered under road, 1.0 ha

area will be utilized under infrastructure and 1.50 ha area will be under other use (check dams &

other protective measures). About 51.171 ha of area will be undisturbed at the end of life of mine.

Post mine land use of mine site is given in below table:

Conceptual Plan has been enclosed with Mining maps as Annexure- VIII C.

TABLE: 2.25

Post-Mining Land Use of Core Zone with Environment Management

S. No. Description Land Use (Area in ha)

Plantation Public Use Water Body Undisturbed Total

1. Soil Dump - - - - -

2. Waste Dump - - - - -

3. Excavation (Voids)

Reclaimed (Backfilled)

Reclaimed (bench slope)

-

241.84*

3.85

-

-

-

94.94

-

-

-

-

-

94.94

241.84

3.85

4. Road - 1.65 - - 1.65

5. Infrastructure (Workshop, administrative

building, crusher etc.) - 1.00 - - 1.00

6. Afforestation & Green belt (Including

plantation on backfilled area, Road side,

along the pits)

178.64 - - - 178.64

7. Mineral / Sub-Grade Mineral Storage - - - - -

8. Area under any other use (check dams &

other protective measures) - - - 1.50 1.50

9. Undisturbed Area - - - 51.171 51.171

Total 349.38 2.65 94.94 52.671 499.641

Source: Approved Modified Mining Plan with Progressive Mine Closure Plan

*Out of 241.84 backfilled area, 207.99 ha area will be rehabilitated by Plantation (71.1

ha)/agriculture use (136.89 ha). Thus total area under Greenbelt/ plantation will be 178.64 ha (71.1

ha area on backfilled area, 3.85 ha area on bench slope and 103.69 ha area on lease periphery,

road side, & along the pits. Area under agriculture use will be 136.89 ha of excavated area.





2.8 DESCRIPTION OF MITIGATION MEASURES

The mitigation measures given in this section are for management of the emissions (particulate or

gaseous), waste water & surface run-off and Noise pollution generated from the mining

operations to meet the environmental standards and environmental operating conditions.

Table: 2.26

Details of emissions/ Pollution from the mining operations and their management

Emissions Source Mitigation measures incorporated

Particulate

matter

Drilling, • Drilling machines will be equipped with wet drilling arrangements.

Blasting • Controlled blasting will be adopted and optimum use of explosive energy helps

in reducing the air pollution.

Loading,

Haulage &

Other

Transport

Activities

• Haul roads & loading & unloading areas will be sprayed with water to arrest

dust from becoming air-borne.

• Development of green belt/plantation around mine boundary, roads and other

places will be carried out to control the air pollution and noise reduction.

• Personal Protective Equipment like dust masks will be provided to all

employees.

• Periodic air quality monitoring will be carried out.

Crusher • Bag filters and automatic water spray system will be installed in crusher hopper.

• Trees will be planted along the lease boundary and around the vicinity of

crusher.

• Dust masks will be provided to the workers & operators working in dusty zones.

SO2& NO2

Movement of

HEMM &

transportation

vehicles

• Vehicles will be proper maintained.

• Condition of vehicles will be checked on a regular basis.

• Vehicular emission will be kept under norms.

• The emission levels will be monitored regularly.

Waste water

Washing of

HEMM

• Waste water from washing of HEMM will be treated by oil & grease trap /ETP to

avoid its entry into drainage system.

• Waste Oil & Grease will be sold out to the recycler vendor.

• Treated water will be used for dust suppression.

Mine office &

Rest Shelter

• Domestic waste water generated from mine office, rest shelters etc. will be

disposed off in soak pit via septic tanks.

Surface Run-

Off

• Garland drains & retaining wall will be constructed around the working mine

pits to channelize rain water flowing into working mine pit

• Waste dumps will be provided with proper garland drain to prevent wash off

from dump entering into surface drainage system.





2.9 ASSESSMENT OF NEW AND TESTED TECHNOLOGY FOR THE RISK OF TECHNOLOGICAL FAILURE

From the nature and extent of the deposit, the reserves and the quality have been proved with

adequate degree of reliability. Therefore, opencast mechanized method is the most feasible

method for mining for the proposed expansion mining project. Since the mining machineries are

rapidly upgrading, project proponent would act fast to adopt more advance equipment and

automation for safer, environment friendly mining technology.

• Catch drains and siltation ponds will also be constructed within mine lease to

check flow of surface runoff as well as to prevent siltation of natural courses.

• The rainwater falling directly into the mine pits will be stored and used for

plantation & dust suppression.

• Periodic monitoring of ground water quality will be carried out.

Noise

Generation

Drilling, • Drilling will be done with sharp drill bits to achieve optimum drilling

performance and to reduce noise generation at source.

Blasting • Blasting will be done in accordance with standards prescribed by DGMS for

controlled blasting.

• Explosives charge per hole and per delay will be maintained as per DGMS

guidelines as well as per CIMFR (CSIR) Report.

• NONEL will be used to control ground vibrations, noise & fly rocks.

• Blasting will be carried out during day time only.

Transportation • The mineral will be transported to plant through belt conveyor.

• Adequate silencers in HEMM will be provided to reduce generation of noise.

• Proper maintenance, oiling and greasing of machines at regular intervals will be

done to reduce generation of noise.

• All HEMMs are equipped with closed cabins for operators.

• The workers employed at HEMM will be provided with protective equipments,

earmuffs and earplugs as a protective measure from the high noise level

generated at the mine site and wherever required.

• Planting of trees will be done along the CBC for controlling noise apart from

acting as barrier for propagation of noise.

• Periodical monitoring of noise will be carried out regularly.

CHAPTER-III

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT





CHAPTER–III

DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT

3.1 INTRODUCTION

The knowledge of present environment of the core and buffer zone of the mining area is

important to assess the impact of various project activities on environment. The knowledge of

present day environment is also helpful in planning management of environment and planning of

mitigation measures. To assess the baseline environmental quality of the area, field assessment

has been conducted considering following components of the environment, viz. land,

meteorology, air, noise, water, soil, biological and socio-economic.

The relevant information and data (both primary & secondary) were collected in core as well as

buffer zone (10 km distance from the lease boundary) during Summer Season (March to May,

2018), in accordance with the guidelines for preparation of EIA studies.

3.2 STUDY AREA AT A GLANCE

Study Area: The study area considered is an area of 10 km radius (aerial distance) from the mine

site, also known as buffer zone. The mining lease area is considered as core zone.

The study area is rural as well as urban & falls in Tehsil- Pawai of District Panna of state of Madhya

Pradesh.

Core Area: 499.641 ha

Buffer Area: Within 10 Km radius from mining lease boundary.

The major environmental settings of the study area are as given in the table below

Table - 3.1

Environmental Settings of the Area


Environmental Setting Details (with approx. aerial distance & direction from the mining lease boundary)

1. Nearest Highway SH- 49 (~2.2 km in South direction)

2. Nearest Railway Station Damoh ( ~61 km in South direction)

3. Nearest Airport Khajuraho (~60 km North direction)

4. National Park, Wildlife Sanctuaries,

Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife

corridors, Tiger/Elephant Reserves

etc. Reserved/Protected Forests

within 10 km radius study area

No National Park, Wildlife Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife

corridors, Tiger/Elephant Reserves etc. are within 10 km radius of

mining lease boundary.

One Reserved Forest & two Protected Forests fall within 10 km

radius of the proposed mining lease boundary:

Protected Forest (~8 km in NW direction)

Pagra Protected Forest (~3.5 km in NE direction)

Bardha Reserved Forest (~8 km in NW direction)

5. Water Bodies within 10 km radius of River Bearma (Flowing at Western & Northern periphery of M.L.






the mine site Area)

River Sonar (~3.8 km in North direction)

Gahra Nala (~4.5 km in North direction)

Marwa Nala (~8 km in SSE direction).

6. Seismic Zone Zone - III [as per IS 1893 (Part - I) : 2002]

Source: Site Visit & Pre-feasibility Report

The map showing environmental settings within 10 km from the mine site is given on the next

page.





Figure 3.1: Map Showing 10 km Radius Area of the Mining Lease Boundary





3.3 BASELINE DATA COLLECTION

Baseline environment data on various components of the environment in the study area were

collected during Summer Season (March to May, 2018) to assess the present scenario of the area.

Details are given in the table given below:

Table-3.2

Baseline data collection

Summer Season (March to May, 2018)

S.

No.

Environment

al component

Primary data

Secondary data Parameters Frequency

Monitorin

g locations Methodology

1. Land

Land use and land

cover

Once in a

season Study area Field survey

Satellite image from

NRSC, Hyderabad

Soil Once in a

season 8 As per IS 2720/USDA

2. Meteorology

Temperature,

Relative Humidity,

Wind Speed,

Wind Direction,

rain fall

Hourly

1

(At mine

site)

--

IMD book

(Climatological

normals 1981-2010)

3.

Air

PM10, PM2.5, SO2

and NO2

(24 hourly),

twice a week 8

CPCB Guidelines

/NAAQS/IS 5182 --

O3, Pb, CO, NH3,

C6H6, BaP, As, Ni

Once in a

season

4. Noise

Equivalent noise

levels in dB (A)

Once in a

season

(day & night

time)

8 CPCB Guidelines /IS

9989 --

5. Surface Water

Parameters as per

IS 10500-2012

Once in a

season 2

IS 10500-2012

--

6. Ground Water Once in a

season 8

8. Biological

Environment Flora and fauna

Once in a

season Study area

Quadrate

method/random

sampling

-

9.

Socio-

Economic

Environment

Socio- Economic

status

Once in a

season Study area

Field survey through

questionnaire, group

discussion and

random sampling

• Census data, 2011

• Medical facilities and

records from Health

department.

• Tehsil Map





3.3.1 INSTRUMENTS USED FOR ENVIRONMENTAL BASELINE DATA COLLECTION

The following instruments were used at the site for environmental baseline data collection work.

1. Respirable Dust Sampler with attachment for gaseous Pollutants, Envirotech APM 460,

2. Fine Particulate Sampler (FPS) APM 550,

3. Dry and Wet Bulb Thermometer,

4. Sound Level Meter Model Envirotech SLM – 100,

5. Micro Meteorological Station Model Enviro WM 271,

6. Water Level Indicator, and

7. Global Positioning System (GPS).

Apart from collecting samples of air, water and soil from representative sampling points given in

proceeding sections, the data on land use, vegetation and agricultural crops were also collected

by the field team through interaction with a large number of local inhabitants of the study area

and different Government departments / agencies. This provided an excellent opportunity to the

members of the field team for obtaining clear scenario of the existing environment of the study

area.

3.4 LAND USE/LAND COVER STUDY

As per ToR point no. 10 “Land use of the study area delineating forest area, agricultural land,

grazing land, wildlife sanctuary, national park, migratory routes of fauna, water bodies, human

settlements and other ecological features should be indicated.” In Complaince of the above said

ToR point the following process has been adopted:-

Development of land use & land cover map using land coordinates of the mine lease area.

Identification and marking of important basic features according to primary and secondary

data.

Evaluation of the impact on existing land use of the mine lease area.

Suggestive measures for conservation and sustainable use of land.

3.4.1 DATA USED

Current vintage data of Indian Remote Sensing Satellite RESOURCESAT-2 (L4FMX) digital FCC

(False Color Composite) has been used for preparation of Land use & Land cover thematic map of

study area.

Satellite image has been procured from National Remote Sensing Centre, Hyderabad. Survey of

India toposheet as a reference map on 1:50,000 scale has been used for preparation of base layer

data like roads, railways, village name and for geo-referencing of satellite imagery.

Technical details of Data

o Satellite Image - RESOURCESAT-2 (L4FMX)

o Satellite Data Source - NRSC, Hyderabad

o SOI Toposheet No. - 54 P/15

o Software Used - Earth Resources Data Analysis System (ERDAS) 9.2





3.3.2.1 False Color Composite (FCC) of Satellite Image

Source: NRSC Hyderabad Figure 3.2: Satellite Imagery of Study Area





3.4.2 METHODOLOGY

O Preliminary/ Primary Data Collection of the Study Area

o Satellite data procurement from NRSC Hyderabad.

o Secondary Data Collection From Authorized Bodies

o Survey of India Toposheet (SOI).

o Mine Plan with Progressive Mine Closure Plan.

o Cadastral / Khasra Map.

o GPS Coordinates of Mining Lease area.

o Processing of satellite data using ERDAS Imagine 9.2 and prepare the land use & land cover

maps (e.g. Forest, agriculture, settlements, wasteland, water bodies etc.) by digital image

processing (dip) techniques.

o Geo-Referencing of the Survey of India Toposheet.

o Geo-Referencing of Satellite Imagery with the help of Geo-Referenced Toposheet.

o Enhancement of the Satellite Imagery.

o Base Map Layer Creation (Roads, Railway, Village Names and others Secondary data

etc.).

o Data Analysis and Classification using Digital Interpretation Techniques.

o Ground Truth Studies or Field Verification.

o Error Fixing / Reclassification.

o Final Map Generation.

o Identification / prediction of impacts on land use due to project activity.

o Recommendation.

3.4.3 DETAILS OF LAND USE LAND COVER (LULC)

3.4.3.1 LAND USE & LAND COVER CLASSES: These are the following LULC Classes:-

Water Bodies, Crop land, Fallow Land, Human Settlement, Industrial Area, Mine Quarry, Scrub

Land, Plantation, Railway Line, Road Network, Forest Land, Stony Waste Land, Open Land etc as

per NRSC Guide Line.

Definitions of LULC Classes

(Reference- National Remote Sensing Center Guideline)

Agriculture Land:These are the lands primarily used for farming and for production of food crops,

fiber, and other commercial and horticultural crops. It includes land under crops (Irrigated and

non-irrigated, Fallow, Plantation etc.)

Crop Land: These are the areas with standing crop as on date of satellite overpass. Cropped areas

appear in bright red to red in color with varying shape and size in a contiguous to non-contiguous

pattern. Three cropping seasons exist in India viz., Kharif (June/July-September/October), Rabi

(November-December-February-march) and Zaid (April-May).





Fallow Land: These are the lands, which are taken up for cultivation but are temporarily allowed to

rest, un-cropped for one or more seasons. Fallow land is categorized in two classes viz Current

Fallow and Long Fallow.

Current Fallow Land: These are the cropland areas, which are un-cropped during the agriculture

year under consideration as on the date of satellite overpass.

Long Fallow Land: These are the croplands areas, which are un-cropped for Two to Four

agriculture Years from the base year.

Open Scrub Land: Scrub is vegetation found in regions with less than 100 cms of rainfall. Therefore

it indicates a dry region.

Open Land: It refers to non-built-up land with no, or with insignificant, vegetation cover.

Stony waste Land: A large area usually in arid/semi arid regions where the finer sand/soil has

blown away leaving a surface covered with boulders, stones and pebbles.

3.4.3.2 GENERATION AND ANALYSIS OF DATA

• Geo-referencing of the Survey of India Toposheet

Scanned Survey of India Toposheets were registered in geographic lat/long projection system

with the help of ERDAS imagine software and re-project in UTM WGS 84 with respective zone.

• Geo-Referencing of the Satellite Imagery

Registered Toposheet is used as a reference map for Geo-Referencing of Raw satellite

imagery by taking suitable Ground Control Points (GCP) like intersection point of railway,

Road network, Canal intersection and some other permanent features.

• Enhancement of Satellite Image

Satellite data is composed of substantial noise and haze errors due to various environmental

factors, which affect the amount of reflectance (information) that can be deciphered. Since

mapping of satellite images is based on spectral signatures, it is necessary to normalize the

redundant values into near true values. This process of deriving true reflectance values is

known as normalization. This enhances interpretability of the satellite image thereby

facilitating better identification of land features viewed on satellite imagery. Histogram

equalization and radiometric correction has been used for satellite image enhancement.

• Base Map Layer Creation

Base map has been prepared using Survey of India Toposheet as a reference map on 1:50000

scale. In base layer linear and point feature like road, rail, canal, village location and other

secondary information have been created in vector data format with the help of ArcGIS

Software.

• Data Analysis and Classification Using Digital Interpretation Technique

Image interpretation is the process of identifying objects or conditions in images and

determining their meaning or significance. Satellite imageries are composed of array of grid,

each grid have a numeric value that is known as digital number. Smallest unit of this grid is





known as a pixel that captures reflectance of ground features represented in terms of Digital

number, which represent a specific land features.

Using image classification technique, the satellite data is converted into thematic information

map based on the user’s knowledge about the ground area.

Hybrid technique has been used i.e. visual interpretation and digital image processing for

identification of different land use and vegetation cover classes based on spectral signature

of geographic feature. Spectral signature represents various land use classes. Image

interpretation keys are developed for better Interpretation/Classification scheme which is

Shape, Size, Color, Tone, Texture Pattern, Association etc. Based on the Interpretation key

and Spectral signature, entire satellite imagery is classified in different classes like Water

Bodies, Crop land, Fallow Land, Human Settlement, Industrial Area, Mine Quarry, Scrub Land,

Plantation, Railway Line, Road Network, Forest Land, Stony Waste Land, Open Land etc.

• Ground Data Collection and Verification

Ground truth/ field verification is an important component in mapping and its validation

exercise. Utmost care and planning is required for collecting ground data and verification. To

facilitate a good ground truthing exercise the following steps were followed:

• Identifying and listing all the doubtful areas for the ground verification and referring all

such areas with respect to the toposheet to know their geographical location and

accessibility on the ground.

• Field traverse plan was prepared to cover maximum doubtful areas in the field in such a

way that each traverse covers, as many land use and land cover classes as possible, apart

from the doubtful areas.

• Sufficient numbers of points were covered for each Land Use Class as required for quality

checking as well as accuracy assessment.

• Error Fixing / Reclassification

Reclassification of Land Use classes was done on the basis of data collected / verified during

ground truthing.

• Final Map Generation

Final maps are generated for the core area as well as Buffer area. 3 Pixels are Filtered using

Clump and Eliminate Process after ensuring to maintain crucial classes of importance. Base

map layers are overlaid on the classified raster data and then thematic maps are generated on

the layout consisting of Project name, legend, source of data, Index map, scale bar and North

arrow.





3.4.4 LAND USE / LAND COVER DETAILS OF STUDY AREA

Source: As Per Satellite Image Figure 3.3: Land Use / Land Cover Map of Study Area





The land use and land cover details of the Study area are given in below Table:

TABLE - 3.3

Land Use / Land Cover Details of Study Area

S. No LAND USE CLASSES AREA (ha) AREA (%)

1. River/ Canal 971.24 2.30

2. Ponds/ Reservoir 54.20 0.13

3. Stony Area 3693.39 8.76

4. Open Scrub Land 277.41 0.66

5. Plantation 281.23 0.67

6. Fallow Land 14792.02 35.07

7. Crop Land 21618.49 51.25

8. Human Settlement 488.79 1.16

TOTAL 42176.77 100.00

Source: LULC Map of Study Area

3.3.4 INTERPRETATION OF THE LULC DATA

The study area of the buffer zone mainly comprises of crop land with 51.25%. The second

largest area (14792.02 ha) is covered by fallow land which is 35.07% of total study area. The

area which has been excavated or where the soil cover is very thin falls under open scrub land

which constitutes 0.66% of area and is generally present in the periphery of the quarry sites.

There are few seasonal streams/ rivers that flow in West and North direction, out of which

Bearma River and Sonar River are present in the study area.

In 10 km study area, there are two Reserved Forests and one Protected Forest i.e. Protected

Forest (~8 km in NW direction), Pagra Protected Forest (~3.5 km in NE direction) and Bardha

Reserved Forest (~8 km in NW direction).

Nearest Village from the proposed mine site is Malwara Siri which is about 0.6 km in West

direction.

There is no National Park, Biosphere Reserve, Tiger Reserve, Wildlife Corridor, Ramsar Site

etc. within 10 km radius from the proposed mine site.

3.5 SEISMICITY AND FLOOD HAZARD ZONATION OF THE AREA

Many parts of the Indian subcontinent have historically high seismicity. Seven catastrophic

earthquakes of magnitude greater than 8 (Richter scale) have occurred in the western, northern

and eastern parts of India and adjacent countries in the past 100 years.

Approx. 59 % of the land area of India is vulnerable to seismic hazard damage. In India, seismic

zones are divided into four zones i.e. V, IV, III and II. Details of the seismic zones are given in below

Table.





TABLE - 3.4

Seismic Zones in India

S. No. Seismic Zone Risk Intensity of Earthquake (on Mercalli Intensity Scale)

1. Zone – V Very High Risk Zone IX and above

2. Zone – IV High Risk Zone VIII

3. Zone – III Moderate Risk Zone VII

4. Zone – II Low Risk Zone VI and below

Source: www.ndma.gov.in/images/guidelines/earthquakes.pdf

In peninsula India the state of Madhya Pradesh, along with Gujarat and Maharashtra, has suffered

from frequent earthquakes, both deadly and damaging, although not located on or near any plate

boundaries. All the earthquakes here, as in all of peninsula India, are intra- plate events. Most of

the activity is confined to the Narmada-Son fault zone which runs across the state. Several faults

have been identified in this region out of which many show evidence of movement (1) during the

Holocene epoch. Among them and the most prominent is the Narmada-Son South Fault (1) zone

that runs from near Khargaon in western Madhya Pradesh in an east-northeasterly direction right

upto the Rihand reservoir in southern Jharkhand in the east. The Gavilgadh Fault (1) extends from

near Bhusawal in Maharashtra and extends up to Seoni district in Madhya Pradesh. In the north,

the Great Boundary Fault (1) runs along the Chambal river which forms the state border with

Rajasthan. This fault has repeatedly reactivated in the past (1) changing the course of the Chambal

and Yamuna rivers.

The seismic hazard map of India was updated in 2000 (5) by the Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS).

Apart from the merging of Zones I and II into Zone II in the latest map, there are no major changes

from the BIS 1984 map. Zone III stretches across the length of the state, and includes all the

districts that lie in the Narmada and Son Valleys, where the maximum expected intensity is VII

(MSK). The rest of the state, i.e. north and south of the Narmada-Son Valleys, including the capital,

Bhopal, lie in Zone II, where the maximum expected intensity is VI (MSK).

The mine site as well as study area lies in Zone-II of Seismic Zoning Map (Figure 3.4), and thus can

be said to be located in an area of least seismic hazard by national standards. Hence the risk of

earthquake at the site is minimal and so the site is safe.




Figure 3.4: Seismic Zone Map

Mine Site (Zone II)




3.6 FLOOD HAZARD ZONATION OF THE AREA

As per the “Vulnerability Atlas – 2nd Edition; Peer Group, MoH & UPA; based on digitized data of

SOI, GOI; Flood Atlas, Task Force Report, C.W.C., GOI” the project site does not fall under “area

liable to flood”.

Source: Vulnerability Atlas – 2nd Edition Figure 3.5: Flood Hazard Zonation Map

Proposed

Mine Site





3.7 TOPOGRAPHY & DRAINAGE PATTERN

Topography: M.L. area is mostly covered by black cotton soil having sporadic occurrences of

limestone & shale at surface. M.L. area forms a flat terrain in general with low undulating

topography at places. The maximum elevation of the area is 322 m AMSL in the eastern part of the

area whereas the lowest elevation is about 304 m AMSL in the northern part of the area. The

general slope of the area is towards northwest

Drainage Pattern: There are no major nala(s) or streams within the M.L. area. The surface water

accumulated during rainy season either get absorbed within ground or run off through the

favorable slope & get merged with Bearma river. The drainage of the area is controlled by Bearma

river, which is tributary of Ken river flowing at western, northern & southern periphery of M.L.

3.8 CLIMATE & RAINFALL

The climate of the area is humid & tropical with three main seasons in a year. Winter season

extends from October to January followed by summer from mid February to mid June after which

showers of monsoon spreads from mid June to October. The area experiences extreme climatic

variations; the temperature varies from 4°C in winter to 47° C in summer. The rainy season spreads

from mid June to mid October. The predominant wind direction is from NW to SE.

The average annual rainfall in the district during past 10 years is 973.6 mm with minimum being

405.7 mm in 2007 & maximum being 1621.9 mm in 2013. Irrigation of the area depends on

monsoon and as the rainfall of the district is not satisfactory, the land remains dry for most of the

time in the year. The average monthly rainfall data for the past 10 years of Panna district is given

below:

TABLE - 3.5

Rainfall Data for 10 Years from 2004 to 2013

S.No. Year Rainfall (mm)

1 2004 1285

2 2005 1494

3 2006 607

4 2007 406

5 2008 585

6 2009 833

7 2010 741

8 2011 1070

9 2012 1095

10 2013 1622

Source: India Meteorological Department





3.9 METEOROLOGY

Meteorology plays a vital role in determining the transport and diffusion pattern of air pollutants

released into atmosphere. The principal variables include horizontal convective transport (average

wind speed and direction), vertical convective transport (atmospheric stability) and topography of

the area.

Meteorological characteristics of an area are very much important in assessing possible

environmental impacts and in preparing environmental management plan.

Since meteorological factors show wide fluctuations with time, meaningful interpretation can be

drawn only from long-term reliable data. Such source of data is India Meteorological Department

(IMD), which maintains a network of meteorological stations at several important locations.

The nearest IMD station to the proposed mine site is located in Satna. As per the data, pre-

dominant wind direction throughtout study period was observed from NW, according to which,

the locations for ambient air quality monitoring were selected. Windrose prepared for the study

period is given in Figure 3.6.

3.9.1 MICRO-METEOROLOGY AT SITE

Meteorological station was set-up at site to record meteorological parameters like wind speed,

wind direction etc. during Summer Season (March to May, 2018) which has enabled in identifying

the influence of meteorology on the air quality of the area. Based on the collected meteorological

data, relative percentage frequencies of different wind directions were calculated and plotted as

wind rose diagrams. Maximum and minimum temperatures including percentage relative humidity

were also recorded simultaneously.

It was observed that the predominant over all wind patterns for the study period was NW

direction.

Summary of the micro-meteorology at site is given in Table - 3.6. Detailed site specific

meteorological Data has been enclosed as Annexure –V with this Final EIA / EMP Report.

TABLE – 3.6

MICRO-METEOROLOGY AT SITE

(Summer Season- March to May, 2018)

Month Temperature (°C) Relative Humidity (%) Wind Speed (m/s)

Max. Min Max. Min. Max. Min.

March, 2018 35.8 12.3 96.0 12.0 5.8 0.1

April, 2018 42.3 13.0 88.0 5.0 6.6 0.1

May, 2018 44.2 17.0 89.0 5.0 6.4 0.9

Source: Meteorological Station at Site





Figure 3.6 Wind Rose Diagram –March, 2018 Figure 3.7 Wind Rose Diagram – April, 2018





Figure 3.8 Wind Rose Diagram – May, 2018 Figure 3.9 Wind Rose Diagram –March to May, 2018





3.10 AMBIENT AIR ENVIRONMENT

Ambient air quality monitoring has been carried out within the study area to determine the

baseline concentration of various air pollutants in the ambient air. It helps in providing a data base

for predicting impact on the surrounding area due to a project activity. It will also be useful in

ascertaining the quality of air environment in conformity to standards of the ambient air quality

during operation phase of project.

Monitoring Schedule

Air quality monitoring has been carried out at 7 locations for 24 hours (twice a week) for three

months (26 observations for one location).

Parameters monitored are:

• Sulphur Dioxide (SO2)

• Nitrogen dioxide (NO2)

• Particulate Matter (PM10 and PM2.5)

The details of measurement methodology and test procedure are given in Chapter - VI

(Environmental Monitoring Programme) of this report.

The sources of air pollution in the region are dust rising from unpaved roads, domestic fuel

burning, vehicular traffic etc.

Sampling Locations

Sampling locations were selected for AAQ Monitoring keeping in view the pre-dominant wind

direction prevailing in the area based on the previous IMD source.

Monitoring stations selected for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring during the study period are given

in Table no 3.7.





Figure 3.10: Key Plan showing Ambient Air Quality and Noise Monitoring Locations





Table - 3.7

Locations of Ambient Air Quality and Noise level Monitoring Stations

Station

Code

Monitoring stations Direction from

mine site

Distance from

mine site

Selection Criteria

SAN1 Mine Site - - -

SAN2 Village Kol Karhiya - Adjacent Nearest Village

SAN3 Village Kheri NW ~3.0 Falls in Upwind of predominant wind

direction.

Habitation in buffer zone.

SAN4 Village Muhanna North ~1.0 Falls in Upwind of predominant wind

direction from project site.


SAN5 Village Devri SE ~1.0 Falls in Downwind of -predominant

wind direction.

Populated area.

SAN6 Near Village Raikra SE ~3.0 Falls in Downwind of -predominant

wind direction.

Populated area.

SAN7 Village Pagra NE ~3.5 Falls in Upwind of 2nd predominant

wind direction.

Near RF.

SAN8 Village Basan SW ~0.5 Falls in Downwind of 2nd pre-

dominant wind direction.


Source: SOI Toposheet and field Survey





3.10.1 PHOTOGRAPHS SHOWING AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS

Mine site Village Kol Karhiya

Village Raikra Village Muhana

Village Kheri Village Devri





Village Basan Village Pagra

Figure 3.11: Photographs showing Ambient Air quality Monitoring Stations

AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING

Table - 3.8 shows the maximum and minimum concentration of the air pollutants monitored at

different locations (as mentioned in Table - 3.7) during the study period. All 26 observations of

pollutants for each location are detailed in Ambient Air Quality Monitoring data enclosed as

Annexure IV along with this report.





TABLE – 3.8

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results

Study Period – Summer Season (March to May, 2018) (Unit: µg/ m3)

Station

code

Sampling Location PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NO2 CO

(mg/

m3)

Benzen

e

B (a) P

Ng/m3

As

Ng/m3

Ozone Ammoni

a

Pb Ni (ng/

m3)

Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max. Min. Max

.

Min. Max. Min. Max. Min.

SAN1 Mine Site 74.1 66.5 35.2 28.3 9.3 6.2 25.6 18.3 BDL BDL BDL BDL 7.2 5.2 BDL 0.08 0.05 5.2 3.9

SAN2 Village Kol Karhiya 77.1 68.5 36.8 29.3 10.8 6.4 27.6 19.1 BDL BDL BDL BDL 8.2 5.4 BDL 0.10 0.06 6.8 4.5

SAN3 Village Kheri 67.3 58.2 28.6 21.0 8.0 5.3 20.3 15.4 BDL BDL BDL BDL 6.0 3.8 BDL 0.06 0.04 4.5 3.4

SAN4 Village Muhanna 70.9 60.5 33.9 25.2 8.8 6.1 25.2 17.4 BDL BDL BDL BDL 6.6 4.3 BDL 0.07 0.04 5.0 3.8

SAN5 Village Devri 77.2 69.5 38.5 30.4 10.4 6.5 26.4 18.2 BDL BDL BDL BDL 8.3 5.5 BDL 0.09 0.06 6.3 4.3

SAN6 Near Village Raikra 79.7 70.4 39.6 32.0 9.6 6.1 27.5 19.8 BDL BDL BDL BDL 8.8 5.6 BDL 0.11 0.06 6.6 4.6

SAN7 Village Pagra 68.1 57.2 31.5 24.2 8.5 5.7 21.8 16.5 BDL BDL BDL BDL 6.2 3.9 BDL 0.07 0.05 4.6 3.6

SAN8 Village Basan 78.5 70.2 38.2 29.4 9.1 6.0 26.1 18.5 BDL BDL BDL BDL 8.5 5.7 BDL 0.09 0.06 6.5 4.4

MDL (Method Detection Level) 5.0 2.0 5.0 5.0 0.5 1 0.5 2.0 3.0 2.0 0.02 2.0

NAAQS* 100 60 80 80 4 5 1 6 180 400 1 20

Source: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring





3.10.2 NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS

Table - 3.9 shows the NAAQS prescribed by CPCB.

TABLE- 3.9

NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS

S. No. Pollutant Time Weighted

Average

Concentration in Ambient Air

Method of Measurement

Industrial Area,

Residential

Rural & Other

Areas

Ecologically

Sensitive Area

(Notified by

Central Govt.)

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

1 Sulphur Dioxide

(SO2), µg/m3

Annual Average *

24 hours **

50

80

20

80

1. Improved West and Gaeke Method.

2. Ultraviolet fluorescence.

2 Oxides of Nitrogen as

NO2, µg/m3

Annual Average *

24 hours **

40

80

30

80

1. Modified Jacob &Hochheiser (Na-

Arsenite) Method.

2. Chemiluminescence (Gas phase).

3

Particulate Matter (size

less than 10µm) or

PM10,µg/m3

Annual Average *

24 Hours **

60

100

60

100

1. Gravimetric,

2. TOEM,

3. Beta attenuation.

4

Particulate Matter (size

less than 2.5µm) or

PM2.5,µg/m3

Annual Average*

24 Hours **

40

60

40

60

1. Gravimetric,

2. TOEM,

3. Beta attenuation.

5 Ozone (O3), µg/m3 8 Hours **

1 Hours *

100

180

100

180

1. UV Photometric,

2. Chemiluminescence,

3. Chemical Method.

6 Lead (Pb), µg/m3 Annual Average *

24 Hours **

0.50

1.0

0.50

1.0

1. AAS/ICP Method after sampling on

EPM 2000 or equivalent filter

paper.

2. ED-XRF using Teflon filter.

7 Carbon Monoxide (CO),

mg/m3

8 Hours**

1 Hours

02

04

02

04

Non Depressive Infrared (NDIR)

Spectroscopy.

8 Ammonia (NH3), µg/m3 Annual Average*

24 hours **

100

400

100

400

1. Chemiluminescence (Gas phase).

2. Indophenol blue method.

9 Benzene (C6H6), µg/m3 Annual Average* 05 05

1. Gas Chromatography based

continuous analyzer,

2. Adsorption and Desorption

followed by GC analysis.

10

Benzo(α) Pyrene (BaP)

– Particulate Phase

only, ng/m3

Annual Average* 01 01

Solvent extraction followed by HPLC/

GC analysis.

11 Arsenic (As), ng/m3 Annual Average* 06 06 AAS/ICP Method after sampling on

EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper.

12 Nickel (Ni), ng/m3 Annual Average* 20 20 AAS/ICP Method after sampling on

EPM 2000 or equivalent filter paper.

* Annual arithmetic mean of minimum 104 measurements in a year at a particular site taken twice a

week 24 hourly at uniform intervals.





** 24 hourly or 08 hourly or 01 hourly monitored values, as applicable, shall be complied with 98% of

the time in a year. 2% of the time, they may exceed the limits but not on two consecutive days of

monitoring.

Note: Whenever and wherever monitoring results on two consecutive days of monitoring exceed

the limits specified above for the respective category, it shall be considered adequate reason to

institute regular or continuous monitoring and investigation.

3.10.3 INTERPRETATON OF AAQM RESULTS

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring reveals that the concentration of PM10 and PM2.5 for all the 8

AAQM stations was found between 57.2 to 78.5 µg/m3 and 21.0 to 39.6 µg/m3 respectively.

As far as the gaseous pollutants SO2 and NO2 are concerned, the prescribed CPCB limit of 80 µg/m3

has never surpassed at any station. The concentrations of SO2 and NO2 were found to be in range

of 5.3 to 10.8 µg/m3 and 15.4 to 27.6 µg/m3, respectively.

Impact assessment and mitigation measures suggested for the same have been detailed in

Chapter IV of this Final EIA/EMP Report.

MINERALOGICAL COMPOSITION FOR PM10

RSPM is “defined as the component of inhaled respirable dust small enough to reach the

pulmonary or alveolar region of the lung”.

TABLE – 3.10 Classification of RSPM

Classification Type of particles Size of the particles

PM10 Inhalable particles ≤ 10µm

PM2.5 Fine particles ≤ 2.5µm

The mineralogical composition of RSPM / PM10 have Calcite, Dolomite (CaCO3 + MgCO3), Vaterite,

Aragonite Minerals (Calcite Minerals) or Actinolite or Tremolite (Magnesium minerals) and Free

Silica. percentage of Free silica in particulate matters is 1.18%.

3.11 NOISE ENVIRONMENT

Noise often defined as unwanted sound, interferes with speech communication, causes

annoyance, distracts from work, and disturbs sleep, thus deteriorating quality of human

environment.

SOURCE OF NOISE

There are several sources in the 10 km radius of study area, which contributes to the local noise

level of the area. Ambient noise sources in the vicinity of the project include the noise from traffic

on road, human activities in villages and agricultural fields.

Sampling Schedule

Noise level monitoring was carried out at 8 locations during the day and night time once in the

study period.





Sampling Locations

Locations / stations selected for noise level monitoring are given in Table - 3.11

TABLE – 3.11

Locations of Noise Monitoring Stations

Station

Code

Monitoring stations Direction from

mine site

Distance from

mine site

Selection Criteria

SAN1 Mine Site - - -

SAN2 Village Kol Karhiya - Adjacent Nearest Village

SAN3 Village Kheri NW ~3.0 Falls in Upwind of predominant wind

direction.


SAN4 Village Muhanna East ~1.0 Falls in Upwind of predominant wind

direction from project site.


SAN5 Village Devri SE ~1.0 Falls in Downwind of -predominant

wind direction.

Populated area.

SAN6 Near Village Raikra SE ~3.0 Falls in Downwind of -predominant

wind direction.

Populated area.

SAN7 Village Pagra NE ~3.5 Falls in Upwind of 2nd predominant

wind direction.

Near RF.

SAN8 Village Basan SW ~0.5 Falls in Downwind of 2nd predominant

wind direction.


Source: Survey of India (SOI) Toposheet





Figure 3.12: Photographs showing Noise Monitoring Stations





3.11.1 AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL MONITORING

Ambient noise levels monitoring results monitored at different locations (as mentioned in Table -

3.11) during the study period are given in Table - 3.12.

TABLE – 3.12

Ambient Noise Level Monitoring Results

Study Period – Summer Season (March to May, 2018)

Station

code

Locations Noise level Leq. dB (A)

Day time Night time

SAN1 Mine Site 54.3 42.6

SAN2 Village Kol Karhiya 52.2 40.1

SAN3 Village Kheri 53.3 40.0

SAN4 Village Muhanna 54.2 39.8

SAN5 Village Devri 50.0 40.1

SAN6 Near Village Raikra 53.2 43.2

SAN7 Village Pagra 51.5 41.5

SAN8 Village Basan 53.6 43.5

Source: Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring

TABLE – 3.13:

CPCB NOISE STANDARDS

Area Code Category of Area Limits in Leq. dB (A)

Day Time (06.00 am–10.00 pm) Night Time (10.00 pm–6.00 am)

(A) Industrial Area 75 70

(B) Commercial Area 65 55

(C) Residential Area 55 45

(D) Silence Zone 50 40

1. Day Time is from 6.00 AM to 10.00 PM.

2. Night Time is reckoned between 10.00 PM to 6.00 AM.

3. Silence Zone is defined as an area up to 100m around premises of Hospitals, Educational Institutions and Courts. Use

of vehicle horn, loudspeaker and bursting of crackers is banned in these zones.

Note: Mixed categories of areas be declared as one of the four above mentioned categories by the competent

Authority and the corresponding standards shall apply

Source: Central Pollution Control Board Norms





3.11.2 INTERPRETATON OF NOISE RESULTS

Ambient noise levels were measured at 8 locations around the project site. Noise levels varies

from 50.0 to 54.3 Leq dB(A) during day time and during night time noise levels ranges from 39.8

to 43.5 Leq dB(A).

From the above study and discussions it can be concluded that noise levels in the study area are

well within the prescribed limits as prescribed by the CPCB.

3.12 WATER ENVIRONMENT

A. Type of Sampling

Grab sampling has been done as single sample collected at a specific spot and at a site over a

short period of time, grab samples are taken at a single selected locations, depth and time.

B. Sampling Method

Sample were collected manually from various type of sampling location by method described

below-

Surface Water: The samples were collected from Nadis, Nallahs and a Reservoir.

Ground water: samples have been collected from hand pumps in the study area

3.12.1 SURFACE WATER

Bearma River and Sonar River exist within the study area. Both rivers are perennial in nature &

flows throughout the year. Water sampling has been done for both the rivers. Gahra nala &

Marwa nala are also present in the study area but as these are seasonal in nature, therefore water

sampling could not be done for the same during the study period.

Details & results for surface water analysis have been given below in Table- 3.14 & 3.15

respectively.

TABLE – 3.14

Locations of Surface Water Sampling Stations

Station Location Direction from mine site Distance (km) from mine site

SW1 Bearma River Western & Northern periphery of the lease area.

Adjacent

SW2 Sonar River North ~3.8

SW3 Gahra Nala North ~4.5

SW4 Marwa Nala SSE ~8.0

Source: Survey of India (SOI) Toposheet & Baseline Study Visit





Figure 3.13: Key Plan showing Surface Water Monitoring Locations





Gahra Nala (Dry) Marwa Nala (Dry)

Sonar River Bearma River

Figure 3.14: Photographs showing surface water sampling locations

TABLE – 3.15 Surface Water Monitoring Results

Study Period – Summer Season (March to May, 2018)

S. No. Parameters Bearma River Sonar River

1. pH (at 25ºC) 7.32 7.32

2. Total Hardness as CaCO3 (mg/ l) 52.00 98.80

3. Calcium as Ca (mg/ l) 15.11 28.34

4. Alkalinity as CaCO3 (mg/ l) 157.00 119.95

5. Chloride as Cl (mg/ l) 15.54 15.54

6. Magnesium as Mg (mg/ l) 3.48 6.43

7. Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) (mg/ l) 175.0 190.0

8. Sulphate as SO4 (mg/ l) 3.47 25.47

9. Fluoride as F (mg/ l) 0.16 0.19

10. Nitrate as NO3 (mg/ l) 0.14 0.26

11. Iron as Fe (mg/ l) 0.12 0.14

12. Boron (mg/ l) 0.27 0.36





13. Zinc as Zn (mg/ l) 0.10 BDL (DL 0.10)

14. Copper as Cu (mg/ l) BDL (DL 0.02) BDL (DL 0.02)

15. Lead as Pb (mg/ l) BDL (DL 0.008) BDL (DL 0.008)

16. Total Suspended Solids (TSS) (mg/ l) 14.0 19.0

17. Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD) (mg/ l) 4.80 6.0

18. Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) 14.34 18.80

19. Disolved Oxygen (DO) 7.20 6.80

Source: Surface Water Quality Monitoring

3.12.1.1 RESULTS

The Surface water samples were collected from various Nadis and Nalas existing within the study

area. The results of some of the parameters are as follows:

pH – 7.32

Total hardness value ranges between 52.00 to 98.80 mg/l

Total dissolved solids ranges between 175.0 to 190.0 mg/l

Alkalinity as CaCO3 varies from 119.95 to 157.0 mg/l

3.12.2 GROUND WATER QUALITY

The sources of potable water are the tube-wells & dug-wells in the area. Samples were collected

from the available water resources around the mine area. The samples were collected & tested

from different sites.

The quality of ground water was studied by collecting 7 water samples from representative open

dug wells and tube wells. The water sampling stations are shown below:

Details of ground water sampling locations and their distance & directions are given in the Table

3.16.

TABLE – 3.16

Locations of Ground Water & Soil Sampling Stations

Station

code

Location Direction from

mine site

Distance from Mine

Site

S1 Mine site - -

S2 Village Kol Karhiya - Adjacent

S3 Village Sarhikarkiya NE ~7.0

S4 Village Simariya ENE ~6.0

S5 Village Amghat SE ~3.0

S6 Village Hirapur SE ~7.0

S7 Village Khaira NW ~2.5

Source: Survey of India (SOI) Toposheet





Figure 3.15: Key Plan showing Ground Water & Soil Monitoring Locations





Village Sarhikarkiya Village Khaira

Village Simariya Village Kol Karhiya

Mine Site Village Amghat

Village Hirapur

Figure No 3.16: Photographs showing ground water sampling locations





TABLE: 3.17

GROUND WATER ANALYSIS

STUDY PERIOD – SUMMER SEASON (MARCH TO MAY, 2018)

S. No. Parameters Mine Site Village Kol Karhiya

Village Sarhikarki

ya

Village Simariya

Village Amghat

Village Hirapur

Village

Khaira

Specification as per IS 10500-2012

1. pH (at 25 °C) 7.24 7.27 7.41 7.31 7.37 7.35 7.35 6.5-8.5

2. Colour (hazen unit) <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 5 (max,15)

3. Turbidity (NTU) <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 1 (max. 5)

4. Odor Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

5. Taste Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Salty Agreeable Salty Agreeable

6. Total hardness as CaCO3 (mg/l) 540.0 515.0 340.0 425.0 432.0 316.0 548.0 200 (max. 600)

7. Calcium as Ca+2 (mg/l) 148.30 158.32 96.19 132.26 136.27 80.16 164.33 75 (max. 200)

8. Alkalinity as CaCO3 mg/l 262.40 309.80 353.70 302.10 347.33 339.15 292.25 200(max. 600)

9. Chloride (as Cl), mg/l 53.42 133.56 38.85 167.55 53.42 60.71 118.99 250 (max. 1000)

10. Cyanide as CN(mg/l) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.05 (no relaxation)

11. Magnesium as Mg+2 (mg/l) 41.31 29.16 24.30 23.25 22.36 28.19 33.53 30 (max. 100)

12. TDS (mg/l) 788.0 840.0 568.0 808.0 678.0 510.0 920.0 500 (max. 2000)

13. Sulphate as SO42- (mg/l) 145.0 166.67 73.60 120.67 115.07 45.33 210.0 200 ( max 400)

14. Fluoride as F (mg/l) 0.48 0.44 0.35 0.53 0.45 0.35 0.66 1.0 (max 1.5)

15. Nitrates (as NO3) mg/l 3.77 3.73 2.36 3.63 3.77 1.81 6.85 45 (No Relaxation)

16. Iron as Fe (mg/l) 0.25 0.27 0.15 0.27 0.26 0.13 0.30 0.3 (No Relaxation)

17. Aluminum as Al (mg/l) <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 <0.03 0.03 (max. 0.2)

18. Boron (mg/l) 0.52 0.61 0.45 0.74 0.77 0.47 0.77 0.50 (max. 1)

19. Phenolic compounds (as C6H5OH) (mg/l)

BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL 0.001 (max. 0.002)





S. No. Parameters Mine Site Village Kol Karhiya

Village Sarhikarki

ya

Village Simariya

Village Amghat

Village Hirapur

Village

Khaira

Specification as per IS 10500-2012

20. Anionic detergents as MBAS (mg/l)

<0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.2 (max.1.0)

21. Chromium as Cr (mg/lit) <0.002 <0.002 <0.002 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 0.05 (No Relaxation)

22. Zinc as Zn (mg/l) 0.18 0.12 0.10 0.12 0.11 0.12 0.15 5 (max. 15)

23. Copper as Cu (mg/l) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 0.05 (max. 1.5)

24. Manganese as Mn (mg/l) <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 <0.10 0.1 (max. 0.3)

25. Cadmium as Cd (mg/l) <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 0.003 (No Relaxation)

26. Lead as Pb (mg/l) <0.0008 <0.0008 <0.0008 <0.0008 <0.0008 <0.0008 <0.0008 0.01 (No Relaxation)

27. Arsenic as As (mg/l) <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 <0.0005 0.01 (No Relaxation)

28. Mercury as Hg (mg/l) <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001 <0.0001 0.001 (No Relaxation)

29. Phosphate (mg/l) <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 <0.02 ---

30. Nickel (mg/l) <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 <0.005 0.02 (No Relaxation)

31. Sodium as Na (mg/l) 68.00 70.20 36.20 78.0 55.0 42.10 98.0 ---

32. Potassium as K (mg/l) 1.80 1.80 1.20 1.80 1.40 1.20 1.80 ---

Source: Water Analysis Report





3.12.3 INTERPRETATON OF GROUND WATER QUALITY RESULTS

A review of the above mentioned chemical analysis of ground water samples reveals that there is

not much variation in chemical composition of water samples from hand pumps & bore wells from

nearby villages.

Analysis results of ground water reveal the following: -

o pH varied from 7.24 to 7.41.

o Total hardness varied from 316.0 mg/l to 548.0 mg/l

o Total dissolved solids varied from 510.0 mg/l to 920.0 mg/l

3.13 SOIL ENVIRONMENT

3.13.1 SOIL QUALITY AND CHARACTERISTICS

The information on soil quality has been arrived by collection and analysis of soil samples from

representative locations.

In order to assess the base line characteristics of soil profile of the plant area representing project

and nearby areas, the samples were analyzed for key and chemical parameters.

The sampling locations were finalized with the following considerations:

• To enable information on baseline characteristics and,

• To determine the impact of mining activities on soil characteristics.

• To determine the type of plantation

Representative soil samples were collected from 7 different specified locations within the study

area of the mine site. Standard operating procedures were followed for the sampling and analysis

of physico-chemical parameters.

Location of soil sampling stations is given in Table - 3.16 and shown in figure no. 3.9

Soil analysis results are given in Table - 3.18 and Standard Soil Classification is given in Table - 3.19





Village Simariya Village Hirapur

Village Khaira Mine Site

Village Kol Karhiya Village Sarhikarkiya

Village Amghat

Figure No 3.17: Photographs showing ground water sampling locations





TABLE: 3.18

Soil Analysis Report

Study Period – Summer Season, 2018

S. No. Parameters Sampling Locations

Mine Site Village Kol Karhiya

Village Sarhikarkiya

Village Simariya

Village Amghat Village Hirapur Village

Khaira

1. pH 7.57 7.06 7.18 7.59 7.32 7.42 7.24

2. Color Blackish Brown

Blackish Brown

Blackish Brown Blackish Brown

Blackish Brown Blackish Brown Blackish Brown

3. Bulk Density (g/cc) 1.38 1.32 1.34 1.31 1.34 1.36 1.32

4. Soil Texture Silty Loam Silty Loam Silty Loam Silty Loam Silty Loam Silty Loam Silty Loam

5. WHC (%) 44.54 42.88 40.24 39.21 39.41 40.18 42.10

6. Conductivity (mS/cm) 0.19 0.20 0.26 0.20 0.23 0.26 0.26

7. Organic Matter (%) 0.99 0.90 0.75 0.85 0.82 0.75 1.14

8. Available Nitrogen as N2 (kg/ ha) 340.10 320.14 310.18 290.08 288.83 286.32 341.46

9. Available Phosphorus as P (kg/ ha) 15.82 15.92 17.42 16.59 16.18 15.76 18.25

10. Potassium as K (kg/ ha) 418.88 537.60 389.76 436.80 344.96 445.76 483.84

11. Calcium as Ca (mg/kg) 1092.98 890.58 809.62 736.75 623.40 639.60 1149.65

12. Magnesium as Mg (mg/ kg) 54.04 39.30 44.21 58.95 34.39 58.95 83.51

13. Chloride as Cl (mg/ kg) 121.82 189.94 209.93 229.93 169.95 159.95 129.96

14. Sodium as Na (mg/ kg) 92.0 98.0 122.0 125.0 113.0 131.0 179.0

15. Manganese as Mn (mg/ kg) 226.41 349.51 290.04 298.74 240.14 206.83 256.14

16. Copper as Cu (mg/ kg) 23.12 17.20 23.90 24.07 19.20 15.84 15.05

17. Lead as Pb (mg/ kg) 1.40 1.77 1.28 1.10 1.13 1.88 3.44

18. Chromium as Cr (mg/ kg) 12.10 12.10 10.80 12.10 11.23 10.81 11.24

19. Cadmium as Cd (mg/ kg) 1.21 1.34 1.18 1.32 1.36 2.10 1.77





S. No. Parameters Sampling Locations

Mine Site Village Kol Karhiya

Village Sarhikarkiya

Village Simariya

Village Amghat Village Hirapur Village

Khaira

20. Zinc as Zn (mg/ kg) 22.10 24.30 18.61 24.93 21.40 20.16 19.06

21. Organic Carbon (%) 0.58 0.52 0.43 0.49 0.48 0.43 0.66

Source: Soil Analysis Report





TABLE: 3.19

Standard Soil Classification

S. No. Parameters Classification

1. pH <4.5 Extremely acidic

4.51 – 5.0 Very strong acidic

5.01 – 5.5 Strongly acidic

5.51-6.0 Moderately acidic

6.1 – 6.5 Slightly acidic

6.51-7.3 Neutral

7.31-7.8 Slightly alkaline

7.81-8.5 Moderately alkaline

8.51 – 9.0 Strongly alkaline

>9.0 Very strongly alkaline

2. Salinity Electrical Conductivity (mmho/cm)

Up to 1.0 average

1-2 harmful to germination

2-3 harmful to crops

3. Nitrogen (kg/ha) Up to 50 very less

51-100 less

100-150 good

151-300 better

>300 sufficient

4. Phosphorus (kg/ha) Up to 15 very less

15 – 30 less

31-50 medium

51-65 on average sufficient

66-80 sufficient

>80 more than sufficient

5. Potassium (kg/ha) 0-120 very less

120-180 less

180-240 medium

241-300 average

301-360 better

>360 more than sufficient

Source: Indian Agricultural Research Institute Handbook.





3.13.2 INTERPRETATON OF SOIL QUALITY RESULTS

Samples collected from identified locations indicate pH value ranging from 7.06 to 7.59, which

shows that the soil is slightly alkaline in nature. Organic Matter ranges from 0.75% to 1.14% in the

soil samples. Nitrogen is found to be in better amount as it ranges from 246.32 to 341.46 kg/ha and

Phosphorous in less amount i.e. from 15.76 to 18.25 kg/ha, whereas the Potassium is found to be

ranging from 389.37 to 537.60 kg/ha.

3.14 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

3.14.1 INTRODUCTION

An ecological study of the ecosystem is essential to understand the impact of industrialization and

urbanization on existing flora and fauna of the study area. Studies on various aspects of

ecosystem play an important role in identifying sensitive issues for under taking appropriate

action to mitigate the impact, if any.

The biological study was under taken as a part of the EIA study report to understand the present

status of ecosystem prevailing in the study area, to compare it with past condition with the help

of available data, to predict changes in the biological environment as a result of present activities

and to suggest measures for maintaining its health.

A survey was conducted to study the flora & fauna in 10 km radius. Some of the information was

gathered from the local habitants. All the collected data were classified to interpret the impact of

pollution on the flora and fauna of that region. Survey of the wild plants as well as cultivated crop

plants was made and all the available information was recorded.

3.14.2 FOREST PROFILE OF THE STUDY AREA

Climate, soil type, topography, and elevation are the main factors that determine the type of

forest. Forests are classified according to their nature and composition, the type of climate in

which they thrive, and its relationship with the surrounding environment.

A mixture of trees like Anogeissus pendula, Tectona grandis, Butea monosperma, Holoptelia

integrifolia, Azadirachta indica, Hardwickia binata, Acacia nilotica, Madhuca indica, Mangifera indica,

and Terminalia arjuna occupies the area. Butea monosperma and Madhuca indica are conspicuously

present on newly formed soils.

These forests are open, consisting of short trees, generally belonging to leguminous species. The

characteristic species include Cassia fistula, Acacia leucophloea, Acacia nilotica, Albizia spp.,

Pongamia pinnata, Butea monosperma, Ziziphus spp, and Salvadora spp and Azadirachta indica

have been widely planted in this region. These forests are some degraded due to severe biotic

pressure and occur in the form of scrub forests in most of the areas.

Project study area have two forest types with Tropical Dry Deciduous Forest & sub- types (Mixed

formations and Gregarious formations) with their codes; as per revised classification of Indian

forest type by Sri H.G. Champion and Sri S.K. Seth’s (1968).





3.14.3 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY

The present study was undertaken with the following objectives:

i. To understand the spectrum of domesticated and wild biodiversity of the study area,

prospect likely impact, if any, of the existing enterprise on the local biodiversity and suggest

mitigation measure for vulnerable biota.

ii. To assess the biodiversity and to understand the natural resource potential.

iii. To assess the nature and distribution of vegetation (Terrestrial and Aquatic) in and around

the proposed cement project and proposed limestone mine.

iv. Detail of flora and fauna, endangered, endemic and RET Species separately for core and

buffer zone should be furnished based on such primary field survey and clearly indicating

the Schedule of fauna present. In case of any scheduled- I fauna found in the study area, the

necessary plan along with budgetary provisions for their conservation should be prepared

in consultation with State forest and Wildlife department and details furnished.

v. Ethno botanical survey in the villages to assess the usage of plants.

vi. Devise management & conservation measures for biodiversity.

3.14.4 METHODOLOGY

The present study was carried out in steps as mentioned below:

a) Estimation of Floristic components

i. Field survey was conducted for ocular assessment of flora present within the 10 km

radius study area of proposed cement project and proposed limestone mine site.

ii. An inventory of all the floral species present within the study area was made. Ethno-

botanical plants being used by the local people to treat their ailments were also

inventoried.

iii. Sample of unidentified plant species was collected, and identification was done by

referring to standard taxonomic guides and consulting the experts, when needed.

b) Survey and sampling for estimation of plant species diversity

i. Site selection criterion: The study area is located at Village: Kol Karhiya, Tehsil: Pawai,

District: Panna, Madhya Pradesh. The study area comprises 10 km radial distance from

the proposed cement project and proposed limestone mine, taking proposed cement

project and proposed limestone mine as center.

ii. In all, 9 locations were selected to study on biological aspects.

iii. The entire study area was divided into three categories namely; highly disturbed area,

moderately disturbed area and mildly disturbed area, on the basis of prevalence of the

wind in the region i.e. wind rose diagram, and proximity to the proposed cement

project and proposed limestone mine.

iv. Selection of sampling locations in these categories was with reference to topography,

land use, vegetation pattern, etc. The observations were taken on natural vegetation,





roadside plantation and non- forest area (agricultural field, in plain areas, village

wasteland, etc.) for quantitative representation of different species.

v. To study the species diversity, standard method of analyzing vegetation i.e. Quadrat

Sampling was done for determination of vegetation composition and richness.

vi. Comparative analysis of the outcome of the Quadrat Sampling was done to understand

the frequency, dominance and abundance of species observed in the different zones of

disturbance.

vii. Geographical co-ordinates of important locations were recorded using hand held Etrex

Garmin GPS instrument. Route Map (Track Points).

c) Estimation of Faunistic components

i. Ground survey for fauna was carried out by trekking/ visiting and vehicular transects

method for identification of animals groups such as butterflies, insects, birds, reptiles,

amphibians, mammals etc.

ii. For Avifauna, Visual Encounter Survey (VES) technique was used in the Morning (06:00 to

10:00 hrs.) and Evening (15:00 to 18:00 hrs.) for inventorization and determination of

diversity.

iii. For Mammals, reptiles, amphibians etc., species have been recorded by calls, droppings,

burrows, pug marks, indirect species- specific evidence, interaction with local people and

actual sighting.

iv. Nocturnal survey was conducted in late hours for crepuscular animals like Jackal, Fox,

Reptiles, and Bats etc. Also, Light trap method was used to determine the diversity of

insects.

v. A route map has been prepared showing the trekking route used for inventorization by

ground survey.

vi. Photo documentation of all the avifaunal and faunal species, cropping pattern and

important floral species has been done.

3.14.5 OBSERVATIONS

i. Biological Environment of the Study area (Core and Buffer)

Study of biological environment is one of the most important aspects in view of the need

for conservation of environmental quality and biodiversity. Ecological systems show

complex inter-relationships between biotic and abiotic components including dependence,

competition and mutualism. Biotic components comprises of both plant and animal

communities, which interact not only within and between them but also with the abiotic

components viz. physical and chemical components of the environment.

Generally, biological communities are the indicators of climatic and edaphic factors. Studies

on biological aspects of ecosystems are important for safety of natural flora and fauna.

Information on the impact of environmental stress on the community structure serves as an

inexpensive and efficient early warning system to check the damage to a particular





ecosystem. The biological environment includes mainly terrestrial ecosystem and aquatic

ecosystem.

Biological communities are dependent on environmental conditions and resources of its

location. It may change if there is change in the environment. Several variables like

temperature, humidity, rainfall, soil characteristics, topography etc., are responsible for

maintaining the homeostasis of the environment. A change in any one of these variables

may lead to stress on the ecosystem. The animal and the plant communities exist in their

natural habitats in a well-organized manner. Their natural setting can be disturbed by any

externally induced anthropological activities or by naturally induced calamities or disaster.

So, once this setting is disturbed it becomes practically impossible or takes a longer time to

come to its original state. Plants and animals are more susceptible to environmental stress.

A change in the composition of biotic communities under stress is reflected by a change in

the distribution pattern, density, diversity, frequency, dominance and abundance of natural

species of flora and fauna existing in the ecosystem. These changes over a span of time can

be quantified and related to the existing environmental factors. The sensitivity of animal

and plant species to the changes occurring in their existing ecosystem can therefore, be

used for understanding the implications of a project.

The Core area of proposed cement project and proposed Limestone Mine (M/s Springway

Mining Pvt. Ltd.) was inspected by vehicle & on foot and could be viewed very well due to

its flat terrain with gentle slope. The buffer zone (10 km. radius around core zone) was

covered by vehicle and field perambulation. No Forest area falls in core zone. Exhaustive

visit was conducted to document the details of Bio-diversity and to assess the impact of

cement plant and mining activity that can affect the flora and fauna and in general

“Biodiversity” of the area. The database was also cross checked with scientific literature.

The Core zone is mainly flat terrain with gentle slope towards north east and Buffer zone is

plain terrain having 41 villages. The core zone has no forest in it. The vegetation is very

sparsely and scanty in core zone, some cultivation was being there, but due to presence of

one Reserve Forest and two Protected Forests in buffer zone, biodiversity of the study area

is moderately rich. There is no perennial and seasonal surface water body passing through

core area. Most part of the core area is purchased from local people and some part is

government land. There is no perennial and seasonal surface water body in core zone.

However, in the buffer zone Sonar River flows from W to NE, Bearma River flows from S to

NE around the mine boundary, Gahra Nallah in NW, Marwa Nallah in S. The drainage pattern

is represented by Sonar & Bearma River which is a perennial river and nallah’s, streams

which are tributaries of river.

The buffer zone has one Reserved & two Protected Forest areas. These are under the

control of Panna Forest Divison and one part of Simariya, Pawai Range of State Forest

Department. All these forests area are surrounded by villages. This caused great biotic

pressure on forests, the forest administration closed the forest area with bio fencing, chain

link fencing and stone fencing. This effective fencing resulted very well & forest vegetation.





The Protected & Reserve forests areas have Blue bull (Boselaphus tragocamelus), Langur

(Presbytis entellus), Bonnet Monkey (Macaca radiata), Stripped Hyena (Hyaena hyaena), Wild

Boar (Sus scrofa), Jackal (Canis aureus), Indian fox (Vulpes bengalensis) along with Baya

weaver (Ploceus philippinus), Cattle egret (Bubulcus ibis), Indian Roller (Coracias

benghalensis), Black drongo (Dicrurus macrocerus), Greater coucal (Centropus sinensis), Grey

francolin (Francolinus pondicerianus), House crow (Corvus splendens) etc. The forest

department is planning to attract visitors and students to enjoy the bio-diversity of the

area. Raptors diversity is much in that area.

The forests have mixed crops with Anogeissus pendula, Tectona grandis, Ficus spp., Albizia

spp., Hardwickia binata, Acacia nilotica, Mangifera indica, Madhuca indica, Dalbergia sissoo,

Holoptelia integrifolia, Butea monosperma, Lantana camara and Ipomoea carnea occupies the

area. Butea monosperma and Madhuca indica are conspicuously present on newly formed

soils. These forests are open, consisting of short trees, generally belonging to leguminous

species. The characteristic species include Pongamia pinnata, Acacia nilotica, Madhuca indica,

Butea monosperma, Prosopis juliflora, Ficus spp., Albizia spp., Dalbergia sissoo, Acacia

leucophloea, Ziziphus spp., and Salvadora spp. Acacia leucophloea and Prosopis cinereria have

been widely planted in this region. These forests are highly degraded due to severe biotic

pressure and occur in the form of scrub forests in most of the areas along with shrubs,

herbs and climbers.

The reserve and protected forests also have the same vegetation but in little degraded

stage. List of flora and fauna found in this area has been annexed herewith. Camel, Cow,

Goat, Sheep and Dogs are domesticated animals recorded in study area. Common fishes are

also found in the local water bodies, along with frogs and tortoise.

Proposed Limestone Mine (M.L. Area- 499.641 ha) with Production

At Village- Kol Karhiya, Tehsil- Pawai, District- Panna

Quadrat sampling method

Unidentified species collection

499.641 ha) with Production Capacity of 4.0 million TPA with installation of crusher 1600 TPH

Panna (Madhya Pradesh)

Figure No 3.18: STUDY APPROACH

Quadrat sampling method DBH Measurement for basal area

Unidentified species collection Light trap method for Insect study

with installation of crusher 1600 TPH


DBH Measurement for basal area

Light trap method for Insect study



Legends to Photographs

1. Overview of core area with flat terrain

2. Buffer area with sparse vegetation and moderately rich diversity

3. Photograph showing Eutrophication

4. Field team in Pagra

5. Milch livestock grazing in the land

6. Joint place of Bearma and Sonar river (Perennial) flowing with full velocity in buffer area

ii. Inventorization of flora and fauna

a. Floral diversity in the study area

3.

1.

5.



Figure No 3.19: - ECOLOGY


Overview of core area with flat terrain

Buffer area with sparse vegetation and moderately rich diversity

Photograph showing Eutrophication

Field team in Pagra Protected forest area during field survey

Milch livestock grazing in the land

Joint place of Bearma and Sonar river (Perennial) flowing with full velocity in buffer area

Inventorization of flora and fauna

Floral diversity in the study area



Joint place of Bearma and Sonar river (Perennial) flowing with full velocity in buffer area

2.

4.

6.





TABLE: 3.20

List of Forest Blocks and Vegetation in RF/PF within 10 km radius study area

S. No. Forest Block Distance from

the proposed

mine site

boundary (km)

Direction

from the

proposed

mine site

Distance from

the proposed

cement project

site boundary

(km)

Direction from

the proposed

cement project

site

1. Bardha Reserved Forest 7.5 NW 9.0 NW

2. Pagra Protected forest 2.5 ENE 3.5 NNE

3. Protected forest 8.0 NW 9.5 WNW

Vegetation in Forest (RF/PF) area

S. No. Scientific name Common name Family Habit

1. Phoenix sylvestris Khajoor Arecaceae T

2. Holoptelea integrifolia Papri,Chilbul Utreaceae T

3. Tectona grandis Sagon Verbenaceae T

4. Acacia senegal Kumta Fabaceae T

5. Acacia leucophloea Ronjh Fabaceae T

6. Acacia nilotica Babool Fabaceae T

7. Gmelina arborea Khamhar Lamiaceae T

8. Anogeissus pendula Dhok Combretaceae T

9. Butea monosperma Dhak Fabaceae T

10. Prosopis juliflora Vilayati Babool Fabaceae S

11. Ziziphus mauritiana Ber Rhamnaceae S

12. Ziziphus nummularia Jharberi Rhamnaceae S

13. Calotropis procera Aak Asclepiadaceae S

14. Euphorbia neriifolia Dandathor Euphorbiaceae S

15. Opuntia elatior Nag phani Cactaceae S

16. Leptadenia pyrotechnica Khip Apocynaceae S

17. Carissa opaca Karonda Apocynaceae S

18. Vitex negundo Nirgudi Verbenaceae S

19. Cassia tora Panwar Fabaceae S

20. Datura metel Dhatura Solanaceae H

21. Argemone mexicana Pili Kantili Papaveraceae H

22. Helianthus annuus Sunflower Asteraceae H

23. Indigofera cordifolia Gokhru Fabaceae H

24. Lantana camara Raimuniya Verbenaceae H





25. Tephrosia purpurea Sarphonk Fabaceae H

26. Saccharum spontaneum Kans Gramineae G

27. Pennisetum purpureum Elephant grass Gramineae G

28. Cymbopogon citratus Lemon grass Poaceae G

29. Cynodon dactylon Doob Gramineae G

30. Parthenium hysterophorus Congress grass Gramineae G

Source: Field Study

Table – 3.21

INVENTORY OF FLORAL DIVERSITY IN THE CORE & BUFFER ZONE OF PROPOSED CEMENT PROJECT AND

PROPOSED LIMESTONE MINE SITE

Based on Actual Sighting, based on inputs from locals and Perused from Secondary Literature

Habit: Tree (T), Shrub (S), Herb (H), Grass (G), Climber (C) and Hydrophytes (Hyd.)

S.

No. Scientific Name Common Name Family Habit Core Zone Buffer Zone

1. Buchanania lanzan Achar Anacardiaceae T - +

2. Terminalia arjuna Arjun Combretaceae T - +

3. Mangifera indica Aam Anacardiaceae T + +

4. Phyllanthus emblica Amla Euphorbiaceae T - +

5. Tamarindus indica Imli Fabaceae T - +

6. Pithecellobium dulce Goras imli Fabaceae T - +

7. Ficus hispida Kathgular Moraceae T - +

8. Mitragyna parvifolia Mudi Rubiaceae T - +

9. Bridelia retusa Kasai Euphorbiaceae T - +

10. Miliusa tomentosa Kari Annonaceae T - +

11. Albizia lebbeck Siris Fabaceae T - +

12. Albizia odoratissima Black siris Fabaceae T - +

13. Albizia procera White siris Fabaceae T - +

14. Terminalia belerica Baheda Combretaceae T - +

15. Sterculia urens Kullu Malvaceae T - +

16. Albizia amara Chigara Fabaceae T - +

17. Pongamia pinnata Karanj Fabaceae T - +

18. Limonia acidissima Kaith Rutaceae T - +

19. Acacia catechu Kher Fabaceae T - +

20. Acacia nilotica Babool Fabaceae T + +





S.


21. Gmelina arborea Khamhar Verbenaceae T - +

22. Polyalthia longifolia Ashok Annonaceae T - +

23. Ficus glomerata Gular Moraceae T + +

24. Holoptelea integrifolia Chirol Fabaceae T - +

25. Syzygium cumini Jamun Myrataceae T - +

26. Oroxylum indicum Jaimangal Bignoniaceae T - +

27. Lannea coromandelica Jhingan Anacardiaceae T - +

28. Moringa oleifera Drumstick Moringaceae T - +

29. Butea monosperma Palas Fabaceae T + +

30. Diospyros melanoxylon Tendu Ebenaceae T - +

31. Grewia tiliaefolia Dhaman Malvaceae T - +

32. Eucalyptus globules spp. Nealgiri Myrtaceae T - +

33. Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae T + +

34. Delonix regia Gulmohar Fabaceae T - +

35. Dalbergia latifolia Shisham Fabaceae T - +

36. Dalbergia paniculata Dhobin Fabaceae T - +

37. Ficus religiosa Pipal Moraceae T + +

38. Ficus benghalensis Bargad Moraceae T + +

39. Pterocarpus marsupium Bijasal Fabaceae T - +

40. Aegle marmelos Bel patra Rutaceae T - +

41. Madhuca indica Mahuwa Sapotaceae T - +

42. Acacia leucophloea Riuza Fabaceae T - +

43. Leucaena leucocephala Subabool Fabaceae T - +

44. Soymida febrifuga Rohina Meliaceae T - +

45. Cordia dichotoma Lasoda Boraginaceae T - +

46. Tectona grandis Sagon Verbenaceae T - +

47. Terminalia tomentosa Saaja Combretaceae T - +

48. Lagerstroemia parviflora Seza Lythraceae T - +

49. Bombax ceiba Kapok Malvaceae T - +

50. Salmalia malabarica Semal Malvaceae T - +





S.


51. Adina cordifolia Haldu Rubiaceae T - +

52. Terminalia chebula Harad Combretaceae T - +

53. Cassia fistula Amaltas Fabaceae T - +

54. Anogeissus pendula Dhok Combretaceae T - +

55. Flacourtia indica Kakai Salicaceae T - +

56. Bauhinia variegata Kachnar Fabaceae T - +

57. Lawsonia inermis Mehndi Lythraceae T - +

58. Artocarpus heterophyllus Jackfruit Moraceae T - +

59. Ailanthus excelsa Aldu Simaroubaceae T - +

60. Gardenia latifolia Papara Rubiaceae T - +

61. Phoenix sylvestris Khajoor Arecaceae T - +

62. Phoenix acaulis Chind Arecaceae T - +

63. Prosopis juliflora Vilayati Babul Fabaceae S + +

64. Adhatoda vasica Adusa Acanthaeae S - +

65. Achyranthes aspera Aapamarg Amaranthaceae S - +

66. Annona squamosa Sitaphal Anonaceae S + +

67. Psidium guajava Amrud Myrtaceae S + +

68. Ricinus communis Arand Euphobiaceae S - +

69. Calotropis gigantea Aak Asclepiadaceae S - +

70. Calotropis procera Aak Asclepiadaceae S + +

71. Carissa opaca Karonda Apocynaceae S - +

72. Pogostemon benghalensis Kora Labiatae S - +

73. Opuntia ficus indica Naagphani Cactaceae S - +

74. Nerium indicum Kaner Apocynaceae S - +

75. Grewia hirsuta Gudsakri Malvaceae S - +

76. Tribulus terrestris Gokhru Zygophyllaceae S + +

77. Parkinsonia aculeata Jelly bean tree Fabaceae S - +

78. Andrographis paniculata Chiranta Acanthaceae S + +

79. Zizyphus nummularia Jharberi Rhamnaceae S - +

80. Ziziphus mauritiana Mota Ber Rhamnaceae S + +





S.


81. Ziziphus jujuba Ber Rhamnaceae S - +

82. Daedalacanthus Van tulsi Abanthaceae S + +

83. Ocimum sanctum Tulsi Lamiaceae S + +

84. Ocimum basilicum Sweet basil Lamiaceae S - +

85. Euphorbia neriifolia Thor Euphorbiaceae S - +

86. Abutilon indicum Mallow Malvaceae S - +

87. Woodfordia fruticosa Dhawai Lythraceae S - +

88. Vitex negundo Nirgudi Verbenaceae S - +

89. Cassia tora Panwar Fabaceae S - +

90. Ipomoea carnea Besharam Convolvulaceae S + +

91. Eclipta prostrata Bhrivgraj Asteraceae S - +

92. Vernonia divergens Mohti Asteraceae S - +

93. Leptadenia pyrotechnica Khip Apocynaceae S - +

94. Lantana camara Besharam Verbenaceae S + +

95. Datura metal Datura Solanaceae S + +

96. Jatropha curcas Ratanjot Euphorbiaceae S - +

97. Aerva tomentosa Kapok bush Amaranthaceae H - +

98. Indigofera cordifolia Gokhru Fabaceae H - +

99. Tephrosia purpurea Sarphonk Fabaceae H - +

100. Clitoria ternatea Blue pea Fabaceae H - +

101. Argemone mexicana Pili Kantili Papaveraceae H - +

102. Helianthus annuus Sunflower Asteraceae H - +

103. Solanum nigrum Bharkatiya Solanaceae H - +

104. Tridax procumbens Daisy flower Asteraceae H + +

105. Solanum surattense Yellow night

shade Solanaceae H + +

106. Saccharum spontaneum Kans Gramineae G + +

107. Pennisetum purpureum Elephant grass Gramineae G - +

108. Cymbopogon citratus Lemon grass Gramineae G - +

109. Parthenium hysterophorus Congress grass Gramineae G + +





S.


110. Heteropogon contortus Kusul Gramineae G - +

111. Chrysopogon zizanioides Khus Gramineae G - +

112. Themeda quadrivalvis Gunher Gramineae G + +

113. Imperata cylindrical Cheer Gramineae G - +

114. Aristida setacea Jhani Gramineae G - +

115. Cynodon dactylon Doob Gramineae G + +

116. Apluda mutica Phuli Gramineae G - +

117. Arundo donax Baihyadada Gramineae G - +

118. Dichanthium annulatum Choti marbel Gramineae G - +

119. Dendrocalamus strictus Bans Gramineae G - +

120. Cuscuta reflexa Amarbel Convolvulaceae C - +

121. Vallaris solanacea Dudhbel Apocynacea C + +

122. Butea parviflora Nasarbal Fabaceae C + +

123. Bauhinia vahlii Mahul Fabaceae C - +

124. Acacia pennata Roni Fabaceae C - +

125. Pistia stratiotes Jal Kumbhi Araceae Hyd. - +

126. Nymphaea odorata Water lily Nymphaeaceae Hyd. - +

127. Trapa natans Water caltrop Lythraceae Hyd. - +

128. Typha angustata Patera Typhaceae Hyd. - +

129. Ipomoea obscura Glorry Convolvulaceae Hyd. - +

(+) Shows: Presence of the species in the Core and Buffer Zone

(-) Shows: Absence of the species in the Core and Buffer Zone




1.

3.

5.

7.



Figure No 3.20: FLORAL DIVERSITY




2.

4.

6.

8.



1. Ailanthus excelsa

2. Ficus benghalensis

3. Madhuca indica

4. Mangifera indica

5. Pongamia pinnata

6. Aegle marmelos

7. Bombax ceiba

8. Tamarindus indica

3.

5.

1.






4.

6.

2.




1. Leucaena leucocephala

2. Tectona grandis

3. Acacia nilotica

4. Eucalyptus globules

5. Lantana camara

6. Azadirachta indica

7. Pterocarpus marsupium

8. Buchanania lanzan

7.

1.

3.



Leucaena leucocephala

Pterocarpus marsupium




8.

2.

4.




1. Butea monosperma

2. Carissa opaca

3. Abutilon indicum

4. Ziziphus mauritiana

5. Cordia dichotoma

6. Dendrocalamus strictus

7. Albizia procera

8. Vitex negundo

5.

7.




Dendrocalamus strictus



6.

8.




1. Solanum surattense

2. Opuntia ficus indica

3. Pithecellonium dulce

7.

1.

3.

5.





Pithecellonium dulce



8.

2.

4.

6.





4. Phoenix sylvestris

5. Chrysopogon zizanioides

6. Calotropis procera

7. Tridax procumbens

8. Ipomoea carnea

b. Faunal diversity of the study area

TABLE – 3.22

INVENTORY OF FAUNAL DIVERSITY IN THE CORE & BUFFER ZONE OF PROPOSED CEMENT PROJECT AND



S. No. Scientific name Common name Status according to IWPA’1972

Core Zone Buffer Zone

Mammals

1. Lepus nigricollis Black-napped Hare IV - +

2. Macaca radiata Bonnet Monkey II + +

3. Presbytis entellus Common Langur II - +

4. Herpestes edwardsii Common Mongoose II - +

5. Boselaphus tragocamelus Nilgai III - +

6. Canis aureus Jackal II - +

7. Vulpes bengalensis Common Fox II - +

8. Funambulus pennanti Palm Squirrel IV + +

9. Hystrix indica Porcupine IV - +

10. Suncus murinus Grey Musk Shrew V - +

11. Sus scrofa Wild Boar III - +

12. Hyaena hyaena Striped Hyena III - +

13. Felis chaus Jungle Cat II - +

14. Rousettus leschenaulti Fulvous Fruit Bat V - +

15. Pteropus giganteus Flying Fox V + +

16. Bandicota indica Bandicoot rat V - +

17. Rattus rattus House Rat V + +

Reptiles

1. Ptyas mucosa Rat snake IV - +

2. Oligodon arnensis Banded kukri snake IV - +

3. Bungarus caeruleus Common krait IV - +

4. Gongylophis conicus Sand boa IV - +

5. Vipera russelli Russell’s viper II - +

6. Naja naja Indian cobra II - +

7. Chamaeleon zeylanicus Indian chameleon II + +

8. Natrix stolata Checkered keel back II - +

9. Hemidectilus flavivrdis House lizard - + +





10. Eutropis carinata Indian Mabuya (Skink) IV + +

11. Henidactylus brooki Spotted house gecko - + -

Amphibians

1. Duttaphrynus melanostictus

Common Indian toad IV + +

2. Hoplobatrachus tigerinus Common Indian bull frog

IV - +

3. Fejervarya limnocharis Indian cricket frog IV - +

Butterfly and Arthropods

1. Colotis eucharis Plain Orange Tip butterfly - +

2. Ixias marianne White Orange Tip butterfly - +

3. Junonia orithya Blue pansy butterfly - +

4. Junonia lemonias Lemon pansy + +

5. Euploea core Common Crow butterfly + +

6. Papilio demoleus Lime butterfly - +

7. Chilades parrhassius Small cupid butterfly + +

8. Catopsilia pomona Common emigrant butterfly + +

9. Papilio polytes Common Mormon butterfly - +

10. Tarucus nara Nara butterfly - +

11. Pieris napi Green veined butterfly - +

12. Byblia ilithyia Joker - +

13. Vanessa cardui Painted lady - +

14. Danaus chrysippus Plain tiger butterfly + +

15. Parantica aglea Glassy tiger butterfly + +

16. Buthus sp. Scorpion + +

17. Diplacodes triviallis Ground skimmer dragonfly + +

18. Korscheltellus lupulina Common Moth - +

19. Hyperaspis connectens Red lady bug + +

20. Aethriamanta brevipennis Scarlet Marsh Hawk dragonfly - +

21. Brachythemis contaminata Ditch Jewel dragonfly + +

22. Bradinopyga geminata Granite ghost dragonfly - +

23. Pantala flavescens Globe skimmer dragonfly - +

24. Rhyothemis variegata Common picture wing dragonfly - +

25. Trithemis aurora Crimson Marsh glider dragonfly - +

26. Apis cerana indica Indian Honey bee - +

27. Apis dorsata Giant Honey bee - +

28. Sternocerca sternicornis Ditch Jewel Beetle - +

29. Stegodyphus sp. Social Spider + +





Analysis of Fauna

o No Schedule- I fauna was recorded in the study area during field survey as per (IWPA) Indian

Wildlife Protection Act’ 1972.


1.

3.

5.

7.



I fauna was recorded in the study area during field survey as per (IWPA) Indian


Figure No 3.24- FAUNAL DIVERSITY




I fauna was recorded in the study area during field survey as per (IWPA) Indian

2.

4.

6.

8.




1. Presbytis entellus

2. Hoplobatrachus tigerinus

3. Diplacodes trivialis

4. Trichodes nuttalli

5. Canis aureus

6. Boselaphus tragocamelus

7. Eutropis carinata

8. Funambulus pennanti

Figure No 3.25: BUTTERFLY DIVERSITY


1. Euploea core

2. Chilades parrhasius

3. Catopsilia pomona

1. 2.

3. 4.

5. 6.





4. Hypolimnas bolina

5. Parantica aglea

6. Junonia orithiya

c. Avifaunal diversity in the study area

TABLE – 3.23

INVENTORY OF AVIFAUNAL DIVERSITY IN THE CORE & BUFFER ZONE OF PROPOSED CEMENT PROJECT AND



S.

No.

Scientific Name Common Name Status according

to IWPA’1972


1. Bubulcus ibis Cattle egret IV + +

2. Egretta garzetta Little egret IV + +

3. Streptopelia decaocto Eurasian collared dove IV + +

4. Milvus migrans Black kite IV - +

5. Circus melanoleucos Pied harrier IV - +

6. Falco tinnunculus Common kestrel IV - +

7. Accipiter badius Shikra IV - +

8. Elanus axillaris Black shoulder kite IV - +

9. Athene noctua Little owlet IV - +

10. Tyto capensil Grass owl IV - +

11. Merops orientalis Green bee- eater IV + +

12. Merops philippinus Blue tailed green bee-

eater

IV - +

13. Microcarbo niger Little cormorant IV - +

14. Corvus macrorhynchos Jungle crow V - +

15. Corvus splendens Common crow V + +

16. Passer domesticus House sparrow IV + +

17. Dicrurus macrocercus Black drongo IV + +

18. Tachybaptus ruficollis Little grebe IV - +

19. Anthus rufulus Paddy field pipit IV + +

20. Anthus similis Brown rock pipit IV - +

21. Nectarinia asiatica Purple sunbird IV + +

22. Sturnus pagodarum Brahminy starling IV - +

23. Spilopelia senegalensis Laughing dove IV + +

24. Sturnus contra Asian pied starling IV - +

25. Ardeola grayii Pond heron IV - +

26. Psittacula krameri Rose ringed parakeet IV - +

27. Turdoides striatus Jungle babbler IV - +

28. Monticola solitarius Blue rock thrush IV - +





S.

No.

Scientific Name Common Name Status according

to IWPA’1972


29. Cercomela fusca Brown rock chat IV - +

30. Saxicola rubicola Stone chat IV - +

31. Coracias benghalensis Indian roller IV - +

32. Copsychus saularis Oriental magpie robin IV + +

33. Saxicoloides fulicata Indian robin IV - +

34. Acridotheres tristis Common myna IV + +

35. Acridotheres ginginianus Bank myna IV - +

36. Vanellus indicus Red-wattled lapwing IV + +

37. Ploceus philippinus Baya- weaver bird IV - +

38. Hirundo rustica Common swallow IV - +

39. Gallus gallus Jungle fowl IV - +

40. Rostratula benghalensis Painted snipe IV - +

41. Actitis hypoleucos Sandpiper IV - +

42. Caprimulgus asiaticus Nightjar IV - +

43. Apus affinis House swift IV - +

44. Estrilda amandava Red avadavat IV - +

45. Lonchura punctulata Scaly- breasted munia IV + +

46. Dendrocitta vagabunda Rufous Tree pie IV - +

47. Charadrius dubius Little ringed plover IV - +

48. Halcyon smyrnensis White throated kingfisher IV - +

49. Upupa epops Common hoopoe IV - +

50. Francolinus pondicerianus Grey francolin IV - +

51. Columba livia Blue rock pigeon IV + +

52. Motacilla

maderaspatensis

White browed wagtail IV - +

53. Centropus sinensis Greater coucal IV - +

54. Ceryle rudis Pied kingfisher IV - +

55. Amaurornis phoenicurus White breasted water hen IV - +

56. Lanius cristatus Brown Shrike IV + +

57. Prinia socialis Ashy prinia IV + +

58. Eremopterix griseus Ashy crowned sparrow lark IV - +

59. Pycnonotus cafer Red vented bulbul IV + +



Analysis of Fauna

o No Schedule- I fauna was recorded in the study area during field survey as per (IWPA) Indian




1.

3.

5.

7.



Figure No 3.26: AVI- FAUNAL DIVERSITY



2.

4.

6.

8.




1. Upupa epops

2. Anthus rufulus

3. Apus affinis

4. Amaurornis phoenicurus

5. Vanellus indicus

6. Accipiter badius

7. Lanius cristatus

8. Coracias benghalensis

1.

3.

5.




Amaurornis phoenicurus

Coracias benghalensis

Figure No 3.27: AVI- FAUNAL DIVERSITY



2.

4.

6.




1. Caprimulgus asiaticus

2. Streptopelia chinensis

3. Turdoides striata

4. Anthus similis

5. Bubulcus ibis

6. Acridotheres tristis

7. Ardeola grayii

8. Halcyon smyrnensis

7.

1.

3.




Caprimulgus asiaticus

Streptopelia chinensis

Figure No 3.28: - AVI- FAUNAL DIVERSITY



8.

2.

4.




1. Elanus axillaris

2. Tyto capensis

3. Pycnonotus cafer

4. Monticola solitarius

5. Merops philippinus

6. Lonchura punctulata

7. Copsychus saularis

8. Dicrurus macrocercus

d. Aquatic diversity in the study are

The study area is rich in aquatic diversity because of the presence of rivers, nallahs, water

reservoirs, canal and pond. The water of river, canal and nallah’s is used for irrigation and other

domestic use. Canals have been

supply water to nearby places. All along the course of rive

some plantation areas. Cynodon, Lemon grass and Elephant grass can be found along the course

of the river. The River and Nallah is rich in aquatic diversity with kinds of fishes thriving in it. Whole

core zone is devoid of fishes, but some perennial & seasonal Rivers, Nallahs; so many varieties of

fishes could be seen in buffer zone of the study area.

Four water bodies fall within 10 km radius study area which is drawn:

I. Bearma River

II. Sonar River

III. Gahra Nallah and

IV. Marwa Nallah

5.

7.




Lonchura punctulata

Dicrurus macrocercus

Aquatic diversity in the study area



domestic use. Canals have been built to channelize the river water and pumping has being done to

supply water to nearby places. All along the course of river agricultural fields can be seen with



id of fishes, but some perennial & seasonal Rivers, Nallahs; so many varieties of

fishes could be seen in buffer zone of the study area.

Four water bodies fall within 10 km radius study area which is drawn:





to channelize the river water and pumping has being done to

r agricultural fields can be seen with



id of fishes, but some perennial & seasonal Rivers, Nallahs; so many varieties of

6.

8.





TABLE – 3.24

INVENTORY OF AQUATIC DIVERSITY IN THE CORE & BUFFER ZONE OF PROPOSED CEMENT PROJECT AND



S. No. Scientific name Local name Family Core

Zone

Buffer

Zone

Aquatic flora

1. Ipomea obscura Besharam bel Convolvulaceae - +

2. Ipomea nil Besharam bel Convolvulaceae - +

3. Pistia stratiotes Pistia Araceae - +

4. Potamogeton diversifolius Pond weed Potamogetonacea - +

5. Typha elephantina Era Typhaceae - +

6. Typha angustata Lemon grass Typhaceae - +

7. Nymphaea odorata Water lily Nymphaeaceae - +

8. Trapa natans Water caltrop Lythraceae - +

9. Nelumbo nucifera Lotus Nelumbonaceae - +

Aquatic fauna

1. Harpadon nehereus Bombay duck Synodontidae - +

2. Sperata seenghala Singara Bagridae - +

3. Penaeus monodon Prawn Penaeidae - +

4. Liocarcinus vernalis Crab Grapsidae - +

5. Labeo rohita Rohu Cyprinidae - +

6. Oreochromis niloticus Tilapia Cichlidae - +

7. Lamellidens corrianus Shells Unionidae - +

8. Rita rita Rita Bagridae - +

9. Cirrhinus mrigala Mrigal Carp Cyprinidae - +

10. Boleophthalmus spp. Mudskippers - - +

11. Catla catla Catla Cyprinidae - +

12. Heteropneustes fossilis Catfish Heteropneustidae - +

13. Mugil cephalus Mullet Mugilidae - +

14. Notopterus notopterus Bronze feather back Notopteridae - +



* Some perennial & seasonal water bodies, rivers and nallahs are observed in the study area which has

many varieties of fishes.



1.

3.

5.

7.



Figure No 3.29: AQUATIC DIVERSITY



2.

4.

6.

8.




1. Pistia stratiotes

2. Nymphaea odorata

3. Trapa natans

4. Oreochromis niloticus

5. Lamellidens corrianus

6. Cirrhinus mrigala

7. Liocarcinus vernalis

8. Pila globosa

iii. Quadrat Sampling

Nested quadrate technique was used for sampling the vegetation. Sampling quadrats of

shape of dimensions 10 × 10 m, 5 × 5 m and 1 × 1 m, were nested within each other and were

defined as the units for sampling the area and measuring the diversity for trees, shrubs and herbs

respectively.

Figure

The study area was divided into three study zones on the basis of disturbance gradient i.e. highly

disturbed (HD) area, moderately disturbed (MoD) area, and mildly disturbed (MiD) area decided

on the basis of direction of winds prevailing the area and the

studying the status of plant diversity, community structures, soil condition and productivity of

herbaceous species of the study area. The quadrats were laid randomly in the areas of three study

zones and individual species were counted using the method of

The vegetation data collected for

density, frequency, and abundance of tree species, shrubs and herbs species as per Curtis and

McIntosh (1950). The relative value of frequency, density and dominance of all species were

summed up to represent Importance value Index (IVI). Following are the formulae to derive

frequency, density, dominance, IVI etc.

Abundance = Total number of individ




Quadrat Sampling

Nested quadrate technique was used for sampling the vegetation. Sampling quadrats of



Figure 3.20: Nested Quadrat sampling plots



on the basis of direction of winds prevailing the area and the proximity to the mining industry, for



pecies were counted using the method of Singh and Yadav (1974)

The vegetation data collected for phyto-sociology information was quantitatively analyzed for


ntosh (1950). The relative value of frequency, density and dominance of all species were


frequency, density, dominance, IVI etc.

Total number of individuals of a species in all quadrats



Nested quadrate technique was used for sampling the vegetation. Sampling quadrats of regular





proximity to the mining industry, for



Singh and Yadav (1974).

quantitatively analyzed for


ntosh (1950). The relative value of frequency, density and dominance of all species were






Total number of quadrats in which the species occurred

Frequency = Number of quadrats in which the species occurred

Total number of quadrats studied

Density = Total number of individuals of a species in all quadrats

Total number of quadrats studied

Dominance =Basal area = πr2 where r is radius of tree trunk (diameter/2)

Relative frequency = Frequency of the species X 100

Total frequency of all species

Relative density = Density of the species X 100

Total density of all species

Relative dominance = Basal area of a species X 100

Total basal area of all species

Importance Value Index (IVI) = Relative Density + Relative Frequency + Relative Dominance.

1. Sampling results of Raikera, Gaisabad and Hardua villages, which lies in highly disturbed zone are

as under:

Quadrat Species Relative

abundance

Relative

dominance

Relative

frequency

Relative

density

IVI

10 X 10 m

(Trees)

Mangifera indica 7.59 14.29 9.57 7.46 38.91

Butea monosperma 6.29 21.35 11.59 7.14 46.37

Anogeissus pendula 7.57 10.68 6.67 7.14 32.06

Acacia nilotica 8.27 13.72 6.89 7.42 36.3

5 X 5 m

(Shrubs)

Carissa opaca 1.72 4.69 7.65 6.38 20.44

Lantana camara 5.1 5.05 9.08 8.76 27.99

Ziziphus mauritiana 3.88 6.69 9.36 10.48 30.41

1 X 1 m

(Herbs)

Solanum surattense 9.25 3.09 5.56 4.26 22.16

Tephrosia purpurea 7.53 3.01 5.56 8.51 24.61

Tridax procumbens 4.69 2.05 7.76 6.25 20.75

Based on Importance of Value Index, it was found that Butea monosperma tree is the most

dominant species in the area. Also Ziziphus mauritiana and Tephrosia purpurea were the dominant

species in the shrubs and herbs in the area respectively.

The dominant species in chronological orders based on IVI values are as under:

Butea monosperma > Mangifera indica > Anogeissus pendula > Acacia nilotica > Ziziphus mauritiana >

Lantana camara > Carissa opaca > Tephrosia purpurea > Solanum surattense > Tridax procumbens.

2. Sampling results of Pagra, Dadpur and Bordha villages area, which lies in moderately disturbed

zone are as under:





Quadrat Species Relative abundance

Relative dominance

Relative frequency

Relative density

IVI

10 X 10 m (Trees)

Anogeissus pendula 7.44 9.69 5.78 6.73 29.64

Tectona grandis 11.29 16.04 8.56 7.96 43.85

Phoenix sylvestris 6.01 8.52 5.12 5.03 24.68


Acacia nilotica 6.89 5.55 4.85 4.42 21.71

5 X 5 m (Shrubs)

Ziziphus mauritiana 5.67 1.26 4.81 6.78 18.52

Lantana camara 4.59 0.09 4.86 5.82 15.36

Abutilon indicum 3.66 2.73 4.67 5.92 16.98

Vitex negundo 7.59 4.87 6.67 5.76 24.89

Ziziphus nummularia 4.59 2.73 3.69 3.92 14.93

1 X 1 m (Herbs)


Launaea procumbens 2.84 0.81 3.14 3.82 10.61

Commelina benghalensis 3.59 0.95 4.66 5.89 15.09


Based on Importance of Value Index, it was found that Tectona grandis tree is the most dominant

species in the area. Also Vitex negundo shrub and Tridax procumbens were the dominant species

in the shrubs and herbs in the area respectively.


Tectona grandis > Butea monosperma > Anogeissus pendula > Phoenix sylvestris > Acacia nilotica >

Vitex negundo > Ziziphus mauritiana > Abutilon indicum > Lantana camara > Ziziphus nummularia >

Tridax procumbens > Commelina benghalensis > Launaea procumbens > Solanum surattense.

3. Sampling results of Simariya, Budwar and Chandrawal villages area, which lies in mildly

disturbed zone are as under:





Quadrat Species Relative abundance

Relative dominance

Relative frequency

Relative density

IVI

10 X 10 m (Trees)

Prosopis cinereria 10.15 22.58 9.58 6.89 49.2


Pongamia pinnata 8.49 10.89 7.52 8.53 35.43

Acacia nilotica 7.59 8.59 5.76 4.98 26.92

5 X 5 m (Shrubs)

Ziziphus nummularia 6.26 2.21 4.49 7.59 20.55

Ipomoea carnea 6.11 2.16 5.59 6.15 20.01

Calotropis procera 3.99 2.86 4.59 5.49 16.93

Lantana camara 8.16 5.96 7.59 6.95 28.66

1 X 1 m (Herbs)



Launaea procumbens 4.42 1.16 5.43 6.49 17.5

Xanthium strumarium 2.56 0.08 3.67 2.52 8.83

Based on Importance Value Index, it was found that Prosopis cinereria tree is the most dominant

species in the area. Also Lantana camara shrub and Launaea procumbens were the dominant

species in the shrubs and herbs in the area respectively.


Prosopis cinereria > Butea monosperma > Pongamia pinnata > Acacia nilotica > Lantana camara >

Ziziphus nummularia > Ipomoea carnea > Calotropis procera > Launaea procumbens > Solanum

surattense > Tridax procumbens > Xanthium strumarium.

iv. Cropping pattern of the area

The entire study area having plain topography and core area is flat terrain; Agriculture is the most

vital sector of the economy of our country. Major Soil type of the area is Red & Yellow Medium

black, deep soil, Medium deep and shallow soil. The main crops of the area are as given below:

In the study area cultivation of Cash crops, millets, fruits and vegetables were observed. Cash

crops like Cotton (Gossypium arboreum), Soyabean (Glycine max), Groundnut (Arachis hypogaea)

and Castor (Ricinus communis) were quite prominent.

Major crops grown in the area are Cereals like Jowar (Sorghum vulgare), Paddy (Oryza sativa),

Bajra (Pennisetum typhoides), Maize (Zea maize), Pulses like Arhar (Cajanus cajan), Mung (Vigna

radiata), Moth (Vigna aconitifolia), Oilseeds like Sesame (Sesamum indicum) and fruits &

Vegetables like Mango (Mangifera indica), Orange (Citrus sinensis), Jamun (Syzygium cumini) and

Chiku (Achras sapota), Cluster beans (Cyamopsis tetragonoloba), Lady’s finger (Abelmoschus

esculentus), Brinjal (Solanum melongena), Bottle gourd (Lagenaria siceraria), Ridge gourd (Luffa

acutangula) etc. were documented.




1. Vigna radiata

2. Pennisetum typhoides

1.

3.

7.

5.



Figure No 3.30- AGRO DIVERSITY


Pennisetum typhoides



2.

4.

6.

8.





3. Sesamum indicum

4. Cajanus cajan

5. Glycine max

6. Oryza sativa

7. Cyamopsis tetragonoloba

8. Abelmoschus esculentus

v. Evaluation of greenbelt and plantation

A. Greenbelt Management

o Purpose

Green belt is created not only for the purpose of protecting sensitive areas or to maintain

ecological balance but they also act as efficient biological filters or sinks for particulate and

gaseous emissions, generated by vehicular movements and various industrial activities.

Green Belt Development provides an important tool to address the issue of mitigating the adverse

effects of industrial, mining and infrastructure projects. Green belt is recommended for

containment and abatement of air pollution in urban-industrial environment. Optimally designed

green belt can be effective in reducing the impact of fugitive emission and pollutants accidentally

or otherwise released at ground levels.

o Existing Status

Some green cover has developed by itself in study area. The area has good green canopy of Khejri

(Prosopis cinereria), Babool (Acacia nilotica), Palash (Butea monosperma), Dhokra (Anogeissus

pendula), Mango (Mangifera indica), Banyan (Ficus benghalensis), Neem (Azadirachta indica), Aldu

(Ailanthus excelsa). Total mine lease area is surrounded by these forest and some of the area is

under cultivation.

TABLE: 3.25

Existing Species Break- up in Core area

S. No. Species No. of individuals species planted Characters

1. Butea monosperma 26 NE, O, R

2. Mangifera indica 15 E, S

3. Anogeissus pendula 27 NE, S

4. Ficus benghalensis 8 E, S

5. Prosopis cinereria 38 NE, O, R

6. Acacia nilotica 37 NE, O, R

7. Ailanthus excelsa 13 E, O

8. Azadirachta indica 11 E, O, R

9. Other species Approx. 100

**E=Evergreen, NE- Non evergreen

O= Oblong; R = Round; S= Spreading; C= Conical

o Design of Green Belt





The present plan comprises the details on field investigations, choice of plant species for

greenbelt development as per CPCB guidelines, areas identified for development under greenbelt,

feasibility in implementation, and development of landscape for identifying the feasibility of

greenbelt development within cement plant and mine lease area.

A detailed survey was conducted with respect to existing vegetation diversity and density etc in

and around the study area for development of greenbelt and plantation. The greenbelt

development plan has been formulated considering the parameters such as climate, soil types,

topography etc.

a. Characteristic features of plants to be used for Absorption of pollutant gases

o Plant species should be perennial and evergreen with thick canopy cover

o The crown of tree (mass of foliage/leaves and branches growing outward from the trunk of the

tree) should be either Oblong, Round or Spreading for effective absorption of pollutant gases.

Crown (Canopy Shapes) of trees for plantation

o Plant should have foliage of longer duration.

o The foliage should be freely exposed through: Adequate height of crown, Openness of

foliage/leaves in canopy, Big leaves (long and broad laminar surfaces).

b. Plantation technique

The plant species should be planted using pitting technique. The pit size should be 45cm X 45cm X

45cm for Shrubs and 70cm X 70cm X 70cm for trees. Soil used for filling the pit should be mixed

with well decomposed Farmyard Manure (FYM) or Sewage sludge at the rate of 2.5 kg (on dry

weight basis) and 4 kg (on dry weight basis) for shrubs and trees respectively. The filling of soil

should be completed at least a week before actual plantation.

The pits measuring 70cm X 70cm X 70cm for trees are to be dug up at desired points in triangular

pattern. For planting tall shrubs and dwarf trees 4.5m spacing between the plant rows is sufficient

while medium and tall trees in middle and rear rows are to be planted 6-7 m and 7-9 m apart

respectively depending upon the space available.

c. Three Tier System for Plantation

Close planting keeping dwarf trees with round canopy exposed to the source of emission

followed by medium and tall trees with cylindrical canopy is ideal for the present situation.

Planting of trees in staggering arrangement in multiple rows across the direction of the wind is

recommended for better trapping and absorption of pollutants. Trees of front row acts as

absorptive layer while core area (rear rows) cleans the air. The width of outer area of the





plantation should be 3-4 times wider than the core area depending upon the availability of the

space.

Though, the study area harbors good diversity; some species for green belt development are

suggested, which are summarized as below:

TABLE: 3.26

List of plant species suggested for Greenbelt development

S. No. Botanical name Local name

1. Azadirachta indica Neem

2. Cassia fistula Amaltas

3. Mangifera indica Mango

4. Ficus hispida Hairy fig

5. Delonix regia Gulmohar

6. Polyalthia longifolia Ashok

7. Saraca asoca Site Ashok

8. Pongamia pinnata Karanj

9. Hardwickia binata Anjan

10. Terminalia arjuna Arjun

11. Artocarpus heterophyllus Jackfruit

12. Psidium guajava Guava

13. Prosopis cinereria Khejri

14. Albizia spp. Siris

15. Syzygium cumini Jamun

16. Annona squamosa Sitaphal

17. Citrus lemon Lemon

18. Morus alba Mulberry

19. Nerium indicum Kaner

20. Cestrum nocturnum Night blooming Jasmine

Table: 3.27

Species suitable for abatement of noise and dust pollution

S. No. Botanical name Common name

1. Azadirachta indica Neem

2. Ficus religiosa Peepal

3. Ficus hispida Hairy fig

4. Bauhinia variegata Kachnar

5. Syzygium cumini Jamun

6. Tamarindus indica Imli

7. Terminalia arjuna Arjun



8. Cassia Fistula

9. Delonix regia

10. Harwickia binata

11. Terminalia arjuna

12. Mangifera indica

A. Roadside Plantation

Automobiles are considered as ground level, mobile source of pollution of both types

well as particulate. Components of greenbelt on roadsides hence should be both absorbers of

gases as well as of dust particles, including even lead particulate

plantations is for containment of pollution. The plant species for road side plantation has shrubs

of height 1 to 1.5 m and trees of height 3 to 5m. The intermixing of trees and shrubs should be such

that the foliage area density in vertical is almost uniform. An ideal design for roadside greenbelt

development as suggested by CPCB is given below:

Typical Roadside plantation technique given by CPCB



Cassia Fistula Amaltas

Delonix regia Gulmohar

Harwickia binata Anjan

Terminalia arjuna Arjun

Mangifera indica Mango

Roadside Plantation

Automobiles are considered as ground level, mobile source of pollution of both types


gases as well as of dust particles, including even lead particulates. Choice of plants for roadside



ensity in vertical is almost uniform. An ideal design for roadside greenbelt

development as suggested by CPCB is given below:

Typical Roadside plantation technique given by CPCB



Automobiles are considered as ground level, mobile source of pollution of both types- gaseous as


s. Choice of plants for roadside



ensity in vertical is almost uniform. An ideal design for roadside greenbelt





TABLE: 3.28

List of plant species suggested for Roadside plantation

S. No. Botanical name Tree/Shrub

1. Acacia auriculiformis Tree

2. Albizia spp. Tree

3. Azadirachta indica Tree

4. Mangifera indica Tree

5. Madhuca indica Tree

6. Ficus benghalensis Tree

7. Bauhinia variegata Tree

8. Cassia fistula Tree

9. Delonix regia Tree

10. Achras sapota Shrub

11. Annona squamosa Shrub

12. Polyalthia longifolia Tree

13. Sesbania sesban Tree

14. Tamarindus indica Tree

15. Thespesia populnea Tree

16. Holoptelea integrifolia Tree

17. Pongamia pinnata Tree

18. Ziziphus mauritiana Shrub

The above suggested list covers fast growing species with thick canopy cover, perennial green

nature, native origin and a large leaf area index. The proposed species will help in forming an

effective barrier between the cement plant site and mines lease area and the surroundings.

These species need to be planted in and around the premises to absorb fugitive emissions and

noise levels from in and around the cement plant and mine lease area. All the open spaces, where

tree plantation may not be possible, should be covered with shrubs and grass to prevent erosion

of topsoil.

Some of the important aspects to be considered are:

a. Planting of trees in each row will be in staggered orientation.

b. In the front row, shrubs will be grown.

c. Since the trunks of the tall trees are generally devoid of foliage, it will be useful to have

shrubs in front of the trees so as to give coverage to this portion.

d. The spacing between the trees will be maintained slightly less than the normal spaces, so

that the trees may grow vertically and slightly increase the effective height of the green

belt.





e. The species selected should be of local origin and should be able to produce optimum

harvest on a sustained basis for example tree like Banyan (Ficus bengalensis), Jack Fruit

(Artocarpus heterophyllus), Mango (Mangifera indica), Jamun (Syzygium cumini), Karanj

(Pongamia pinnata), Ashok (Polyalthia longifolia), Imli (Tamarindus indica), Sitaphal (Annona

squamosa) and Chiku (Achras sapota).

f. The leaf litter should decompose quickly thus adding organic matter to the soil. Trees like

Mango (Mangifera indica), Guava (Psidium guajava), Amla (Phyllanthus emblica) and Neem

(Azadirachta indica), Acacia and Albizia spp. are suitable for the purpose.

g. The morphological characters of the species must suit the objectives of plantation and the

cultivation practice; e.g. a wide crown (canopy shapes) may be preferred for dust capturing

and fuel wood plantation but small-narrow crown with minimum effect on agriculture crop

and providing valuable wood.

h. Multi- purpose tree plant species have a special significance in fulfilling the objectives of

environment as well as needs of the people. The combination of species to address the

local needs is more beneficial.

i. The tree products should have acceptable characteristics to suit local customs and

traditions flowering Herbs & shrubs species like Grape Jasmine (Gardenia jasminoides)

Crown Daisy (Chrysanthemum species), Lily (Lilium species); Sunflower (Helianthus annuus)

etc.

3.14.6 IMPACT ON BIODIVERSITY

No significant impact on biodiversity is anticipated from proposed limestone mining due to

effective management plan. The vegetation is very sparsely and scanty in core zone, but due to

presence of one Reserve Forests and two Protected Forests in buffer zone biodiversity of the

study area is moderately rich. There is no perennial and seasonal surface water body passing

through proposed cement project and proposed mining lease area. Core area of the proposed site

has less density of plant species. Some trees will be cut for the proposed cement plant and

proposed mine lease area. Gaseous emissions like SOx, NOx, CO and Particulate matter may affect

both flora and fauna in the surrounding environment. These gases may deteriorate the chlorophyll

content of plant. Some plant species are very sensitive to the concentration of gases in the

environment and cannot survive in higher concentration. The Carbon Monoxide is reacting with

Hemoglobin of blood of animal and affects carrying capacity of oxygen to organs. These gases are

cause of health related issues in animals at particular concentration.

Noise pollution and ground vibration can affect the behavior of animals and may lead to habitat

disintegration.

If hazardous wastes, solid wastes and waste water are not disposed and treated, they may lead to

fouling of environment and infact on floral and faunal species.

The higher particular concentration of gaseous emissions and particulate matters may cause

migration of wild animals and birds. The fugitive emissions, which are expected to be generated

during the cement plant and mining operation, are likely to settle down in the core area premises.

There are 2 perennial rivers and 2 perennial nallahs within 10 Km radius of the study area which





could possibly be impacted by the fugitive emission in terms of increased turbidity and TS content.

However, the terrestrial flora will also be impacted. The settlement of these fine particles on the

laminar surface of plants can impede the efficiency of photo-transduction and thereby affects the

productivity of plants. In some of the plants, it may smother the leaf surface thus blocking

stomata, resulting in reduced transpiration.

There are direct or indirect evidence of presence of any major wildlife in the core and buffer areas

of proposed cement project and proposed limestone mining project. There is no National Parks,

Wildlife Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Wildlife Corridors, Tiger/ Elephant Reserves (existing or

proposed) etc. within 10 km of the mine lease except one reserved and two protected forests are

there. Letter along with authenticated location map has been obtained from Chief Wildlife

Warden vide their letter no W.A/Maa. Chi/2016/Mine/22/8862 dated 01.12.2016. Copy of same is

enclosed as Annexure IIIB with this Final EIA/EMP Report

During biodiversity assessment in a protected forest it was found that there is significant and

dense wild life habitation. No Schedule -I species were recorded in the core and buffer zone of

project area during the biodiversity assessment.

However, speculations on the likely impact of the cement plant and mining activity on the

movement of some resident faunal species need to be examined and addressed. Noise and

vibration will be generated because of blasting which may scare the wild Fauna of the nearby

forests patches and force them to migrate to other areas. In the operation phase, the emission of

toxic gases in the environment may badly affect the terrestrial and aquatic animals due to change

in composition of the elements.

Migratory birds will be affected due to increase pollution level and lighting beam in or around the

industrial and mining activities. The migratory route of birds will be affected and habitation of

birds will be disturbed from the topographical changes, construction and blasting activities.

From the results of air pollutant dispersion modeling, it was found that the PM concentration will

have negligible effect beyond a distance of 3 km from site. As Reserve forest and protected

forests are located within the distance of 4.0 to 10 km from the proposed cement project and

proposed mining lease boundary, there will be no impact of emissions on the flora & fauna in the

forest area due to proposed project. Whenever the Cement plant and Limestone Mine will be in

operation phase; it will be having little impact on the surrounding biodiversity as proper mitigation

measures have been proposed to control the fugitive and other emissions. Spring Mining Pvt. Ltd.

will develop greenbelt to control fugitive and other emissions as well as for controlling noise

pollution impact on surrounding environment. Thus the impact on biodiversity due to plant and

mining will not be significant. Effective Environment Management Plan and proper mitigation

measures will be adopted as per CPCB guidelines to mitigate the impacts.

3.14.6.1 MANAGEMENT & CONSERVATION MEASURES FOR BIODIVERSITY

It is an irrefutable scientific fact that there cannot be any developmental activity which is

completely devoid of causing any environmental impact. Cement and mining sectors too are no

exception to that. However, it is also a fact that environment is a dynamic entity and has a built-in





self renewal process that can level the extrinsic impact within reasonable limits. Moreover, the

biodiversity is a resilient entity of the environment and can tolerate impacts and recuperate if their

renewal mechanisms are unaffected over a long period of time. Therefore focus should be laid on

ensuring that the renewal dynamics of various floral and faunal taxa is not impeded by the cement

and mining Industry.

A total area of 33% lease area will be developed under greenbelt development/ plantation in and

around the cement plant and mining lease. The improvement in the agricultural production will

also increase the vegetal cover in the surrounding area. This when coupled with Greenbelt

development/ plantation is a favourable and eco-friendly measures to reduce the impact of the

proposed mine on the biodiversity of the area.

Adequate measures will be adopted as a part of the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to

prevent entrainment of fugitive dust emissions. Thus, adverse impacts due to fugitive emissions

are not expected to be significant.

This requires sensitization of stakeholders at various level involved in the process of development

to realize the importance of biodiversity and the role biodiversity in maintaining the ecological

balance. Practically this can be achieved by:

1. Scaling up the Green Belt development in and around the mining lease area.

2. Controlling the fugitive emissions and other airborne pollutants by appropriate technology

at point source.

3. Adherence to the strategies outlined in the EMP.

4. Using water sprinkler on the haul road to control fugitive emissions in the surrounding

environment.

5. Using paved roads for transportation to minimize fugitive emissions.

6. Transporting material in close truck and storing it under tarpaulin cover.

7. Transport vehicles and machinery should be properly maintained and periodically checked

for pollution level to reduce noise & gaseous emission in the surrounding environment.

8. Blasting should be carried out in deep hole to minimize impact of vibration and noise on

biodiversity.

9. Emission of particulate matter during operation phase will be controlled at source by using

appropriate pollution control devices as per the CPCB guidelines.

10. Not to use exotic species that may be fast growing.

11. No labor camps should be set up in and around the reserve and protected forest.

12. Maintain the preferred routes of animal’s movement.

13. Transportation of raw material and construction material should be preferred in day time.

If, under any circumstances the transportation is to be done in the night time, proper lights

should be used.

14. Signboards in fluorescent ink should be placed along the major animal’s route to make

them readable in night time.

15. Built a clause in contract document for the contractor that would not permit the labors,

workers, supervisors, contractors and other employees to collect and utilize forest





produce, including firewood. Frequent visits to the forest habitats for collection of

resources might scare the wildlife and may also result in human - wildlife conflict.

16. Creating a live hedge of sturdy woody shrubs along the periphery of mine would restrict the

wildlife to enter into mining site. Closely packed Azadirachta indica, Cassia fistula, Delonix

regia, Opuntia, Ziziphus can be used for the purpose.

17. Undertaking educational and awareness drive in the labor camps to ensure traps are not

laid by the labors for trapping small animals.

18. Weed control method should be conformed to the ecological conservator officer to

prevent any undesirable secondary impact.

19. Removal or picking of any protected or unprotected plants shall not be permitted.

20. The grass mix should consist of indigenous grasses adapted to the local environment

conditions.

21. In the event of animals present and pose a risk to human safety, a suitable animal handler

must be requested to catch the animal in a friendly and responsible manner. This specifically

refers to the snakes and scorpions

3.14.7 CONCLUSION

1. Before detailing the study area, a cursory understanding of the state scenario was prudent.

The biodiversity of this region is largely related to the Dry Sub humid (Hot) habitat.

Limestone was found in sparsely located in this region.

2. The entire study area (Terrestrial and Aquatic) was covered in the best possible manner. To

enlist the flora, fauna and avifauna (terrestrial and aquatic), nocturnal and insect study was

carried out as per objective of visit.

3. The Vegetation in study area is sparsely located and moderately rich. The air borne emission

(although under control as per mining plan) will not affect forest growth due to enough

distance and wind direction as per result of air pollutant dispersion modeling.

4. The area is almost undulating slope terrain; somewhere is plain.

5. Raising of plantation with suitable indigenous species will improve the environment.

6. The whole study area surrounded by village population and one reserve forest & two

protected forests area and 2 River, 2 Nallahs. No endangered, endemic and rare species

were observed; only presence of small mammalian species was noted in the study area,

with cattle being (Cow, Sheep, Goat, Camel etc.) omnipresent, indicating the presence of

natural habitat or land sustaining wild species.

7. Agriculture is diversified as entire study area full of Maize, Bajra & Jowar field. Grain eating

birds like crow, sparrow and pigeon, Indian robin were sighted in good numbers showing

the pollination of angiospermic plants. Bajra, Jowar, Paddy, Maize, Sesame, Cotton,

Soyabean, Castor, Groundnut and Pulses & Oil seeds are some others crops present in the

study area.

8. Amongst Butea monosperma (Palash) and Madhuca indica (Mahua) are the dominant

species. A few number of angiosperms indicated by the good numbers of bees and their





hives, but supplemented by the few numbers of (butterfly, insects etc.) shows the balanced

nature of ecosystem in the study area. The scarce presence of the invasive plant species

likes Parthenium hysterophorus, Datura metal indicates the good health of the ecosystem.

9. The effluent generation & emission from the cement plant and limestone mine will have no

adverse impact on the biodiversity of the area as adequate treatment and control system

for pollutants & for maintaining the environment will be implemented.

10. Design & Development of greenbelt needs to be done with spreading and round canopy,

Fruit bearing, local and resilient plant species like Ficus spp., Gulmohar, Amaltas, Neem,

Arjun, Khejri, Mango, Jamun, Jackfruit, Amla, Guava, Sitaphal, Chiku and some fuel wood

tree spp. etc. These will reduce the likely noise and air pollution impacts by

attenuation/assimilation and absorption. Also, aesthetic beauty of the area will be

enhanced and Ecology of the area will be maintained to maximum possible extent.

11. For developing greenbelt in and around study area, care shall be taken to plant evergreen

species like Azadirachta indica, Delonix regia, Cassia fistula, Terminalia arjuna, Mangifera

indica, Tectona grandis, Dalbergia sissoo, Tamarandus indica, Annona squamosa, Achras

sapota, Zizyphus spp. etc. Planting of such trees will support foliage and thus protection all

around the year.

12. Survival rate of the planted trees shall be closely monitored and the trees which could not

survive shall be counted. Equal number of trees shall be replaced.

3.14.8 CONCLUSION OF THE STUDY

The biological study conducted for the core as well as buffer zone of the proposed mining project

reveals that there is no Schedule – I species (as per Wildlife Protection Act, 1972) in the study area.

Authenticated list of flora & fauna has been obtained from the DFO vide letter no.- MA.CHI./ 2015/

5323 dated 04.11.2015 and Addl Principal Chief Conservator of Forest vide letter no F-1/2019/10-

11/1690 dated 25.05.2019. Copy of same is enclosed as Annexure IIIC with this Final EIA/EMP

Report.

3.15 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

An essential part of environmental study is socio-economic environment incorporating various

facts related to socio-economic conditions in the area, which deals with the total environment.

Socio economic study includes demographic structure of the area, provision of basic amenities

viz., housing, education, health and medical services, occupation, water supply, sanitation,

communication, transportation, prevailing diseases pattern as well as feature of aesthetic

significance such as temples, historical monuments etc. at the baseline level. This would help in

visualizing and predicting the possible impact depending upon the nature and magnitude of the

project.

Socio-economic study of an area provides a good opportunity to assess the socio-economic

conditions of an area. This study will possibly make a change in living and social standards of the

particular area benefitted due to the Project. The gross economic production of the area will be





increased substantially due to the existence of this project. It can undoubtedly be said that this

mine will provide direct and indirect employment and improve the infrastructural facilities and

standards of living of the area.

The fabrics of socio-economic changes are so complicated that this study would seem to be

extremely limited, almost superficial and at time subjective in nature. More thorough and

quantified socio-economic study will undoubtedly require vastly longer time and resources, and is,

therefore, beyond the scope of the present EIA study. The EIA will give a reasonably clear picture

of the socio-economic conditions prevailing in the study area.

3.15.1 OBJECTIVES OF THE STUDY

The objectives of socio-economic study of the area are:

o To conduct socio-economic assessment study of Project Area.

o To know the current socio-economic situation in the region to cover the sub sectors of

education, health, sanitation, and water and food security.

o To help in providing better living standards.

o To create employment opportunities.

3.15.2 SCOPE OF WORK

o To study the Socio-economic Environment of area from the secondary sources

o Developing a questionnaire for SIA Survey

o Data Collection & Analysis

o Prediction of project impact

o Mitigation Measures

3.15.3 METHODOLOGY

For socioeconomic study of the project area, both qualitative and quantitative methods were

adopted. Data regarding the field area were collected both from primary as well as secondary

sources. Primary sources include data collected through direct field sampling, observations based

on schedules, questionnaires etc. A suitable format of Questionnaire was developed and survey

was conducted. Secondary sources include various reports, records, literatures, documents,

maps, charts, and photographs etc, collected from various public and private organizations. The

data collected from various sources were processed, computed and tabulated to fit the problem.

These tabulated data was interpreted and analyzed with the help of various quantitative

techniques and approaches.

3.15.4 SOCIO-ECONOMIC PROFILE OF STUDY AREA

Study area (buffer zone) is the area within 10 km radius of the project site. It covers 54 villages of

Tehsil- Pawai in District- Panna. The socio-economic parameters i.e. population growth, density,

literacy etc. play an important role in determining the impact of the proposed activity directly or

indirectly on the human population of the study area. These impacts may be beneficial or

detrimental.





3.15.4.1 DEMOGRAPHY

Study area (buffer zone) is the area within 10 km radius of the mine site. It covers 54 villages of

Tehsil- Pawai in District- Panna (Madhya Pradesh).

The total population as per census 2011 is 54534 (for 10 km radius buffer zone). Details are given in

table 3.29. As per Census, total households are 3279 in the primary zone, 2500 in secondary zone

and 6943 in the outer zone. Sex ratio in primary zone was found to be 877 females per 1000 males

while 877 and 901 in the secondary and outer zone respectively. Average household/family size is

about 5 in the region which is a standard size of family in India.





TABLE – 3.29

Demography details of study area

S.

No.

Name of

Village

No. of

House-

hold

Total

Popula-tion

Sex

Ratio

Total

SC Pop.

Total ST

Pop.

Literac

y Rate

Male

Literacy

Rate

Female

Literacy

Rate

Total

Working

Pop.

Total Main

Worker

Total

Marginal

Worker

Total

Non

Worker

0-3 km

1. Kol karhaiya 320 1324 889 125 20 73 40 28 466 464 2 858

2. Itwa Khas 580 2747 880 107 1044 58 32 21 1224 1122 102 1523

3. Mahuwa Khera 216 1010 917 15 0 66 38 23 271 265 6 739

4. Kuluwa 103 450 957 54 25 63 36 21 142 140 2 308

5. Raikara 293 1259 896 321 0 66 37 24 596 307 289 663

6. Ganyari 367 1637 862 681 0 70 41 23 691 398 293 946

7. Niwari 133 612 816 165 31 53 32 17 298 292 6 314

8. Birasan 210 849 846 304 5 68 41 22 600 310 290 249

9. Khamariya 394 1915 902 718 427 44 25 16 619 319 300 1296

10. Harduwa 79 402 961 0 279 24 11 9 233 41 192 169

11. Muhana 74 267 804 8 59 71 42 23 115 115 0 152

12. Deori 285 1136 838 248 169 52 31 17 497 383 114 639

13. Muhara 225 864 831 28 200 46 26 15 484 174 310 380

Sub Total 3279 14472 877 2774 2259 59 33 20 6236 4330 1906 8236

3-5 Km

1. Jhirata 213 771 853 105 0 55 32 19 326 253 73 445

2. Simariya Garhi 1259 5076 894 1488 7 70 38 27 1867 1444 423 3209

3. Ludhni 270 1158 911 536 7 70 39 26 489 378 111 669

4. Amghat 68 286 810 33 57 65 37 23 145 125 20 141

5. Tikariya 245 1076 868 419 0 71 38 25 416 380 36 660





S.

No.

Name of

Village

No. of

House-

hold

Total

Popula-tion

Sex

Ratio

Total

SC Pop.

Total ST

Pop.

Literac

y Rate

Male

Literacy

Rate

Female

Literacy

Rate

Total

Working

Pop.

Total Main

Worker

Total

Marginal

Worker

Total

Non

Worker

6. Pagra 23 91 784 33 5 16 10 5 53 12 41 38

7. Dadwariya 181 810 906 282 0 75 40 29 354 327 27 456

8. Banwar 38 151 641 0 0 71 46 21 86 33 53 65

9. Kharra 134 594 795 118 244 63 39 18 227 16 211 367

10. Khairi 69 303 894 288 0 57 34 19 157 133 24 146

Sub Total 2500 10316 877 3302 320 68 37 25 4120 3101 1019 6196

5-7 km

1. Mohanpura 108 567 865 11 267 49 27 16 233 212 21 334

2. Kachnara 69 255 992 38 0 68 39 26 108 27 81 147

3. Barha Khurd 63 313 758 0 0 68 42 21 174 97 77 139

4. Madhpura 132 669 885 334 0 49 28 18 279 193 86 390

5. Khalon 138 571 897 91 0 51 28 18 193 187 6 378

6. Dhorakalan 8 38 652 0 0 45 27 14 20 20 0 18

7. Garhi Karahiya 241 1004 946 175 0 74 40 28 520 213 307 484

8. Tahanga 91 360 978 179 0 52 25 22 181 98 83 179

9. Chadra 214 928 863 364 0 49 28 16 661 12 649 267

10. Danwara 459 1948 919 608 111 69 36 26 761 494 267 1187

11. Hirapur 377 1550 930 363 0 70 38 27 652 434 218 898

12. Harduwa

Byarma

142 505 988 40 0 69 37 26 263 249 14 242

13. Ghutariya 78 326 884 57 1 60 37 17 170 95 75 156

14. Kamta 215 1022 917 447 0 67 37 24 495 248 247 527

15. Tiduni 273 1180 947 434 181 70 38 25 586 88 498 594

16. Pondi Kalan 206 816 925 19 670 61 36 18 500 37 463 316





S.

No.

Name of

Village

No. of

House-

hold

Total

Popula-tion

Sex

Ratio

Total

SC Pop.

Total ST

Pop.

Literac

y Rate

Male

Literacy

Rate

Female

Literacy

Rate

Total

Working

Pop.

Total Main

Worker

Total

Marginal

Worker

Total

Non

Worker

Sub Total 2814 12052 915 3160 1230 64 35 23 5796 2704 3092 6256

7-10 km

1. Hinota 491 2271 821 108 893 70 39 25 806 94 712 1465

2. Patha 114 532 942 0 511 54 30 18 262 260 2 270

3. Murachh 261 1181 837 121 339 60 35 21 423 421 2 758

4. Bhulgawan 64 259 947 0 9 83 44 34 97 97 0 162

5. Khajrut 133 686 890 142 0 64 36 22 278 217 61 408

6. Koni 400 1511 863 495 0 69 41 22 756 314 442 755

7. Chikhla 214 939 924 271 0 61 33 23 444 322 122 495

8. Rajpur 148 648 917 129 0 61 34 23 272 193 79 376

9. Dhimari 112 412 907 64 0 59 35 21 208 141 67 204

10. Umri 308 1215 869 312 0 73 42 26 656 430 226 559

11. Badkhera 360 1517 965 279 0 66 36 25 1019 426 593 498

12. Simra Khurd 414 1837 926 202 288 48 27 16 703 414 289 1134

13. Simra Kalan 546 2216 927 513 179 60 33 21 922 720 202 1294

14. Badkhera Kalan 209 834 763 281 13 56 34 17 264 258 6 570

15. Chandrawal 355 1636 950 261 4 68 38 25 916 710 206 720

Sub Total 4129 17694 892 3178 2236 63 36 22 8026 5017 3009 9668

Grand Total 12722 54534 890 12414 6045 63 35 22 24178 15152 9026 30356

Source: Census 2011



Figure 3.31: Gender Wise Demographic Details

As per the primary & secondary data the distribution of population varies from place to place. In

the study area some villages are dens

some are very less populated i.e. Pagra, Banwar, Dhorakalan etc.

3.15.4.2 VULNERABLE GROUP

While developing an Action Plan, it is very important to identify the population which falls under

the marginalized and vulnerable groups and special attention has to be given towards these

groups while making action plans. Special provisions should be made for them. In the observed

villages schedule caste (S.C.) population is 22.76% and Schedule Tribe (ST) population i

study area. 66.15% population was found

Details of Vulnerable Population in the S

Zone Area

0-3 km

3-5 km

5-7 km

7-10 km

Total (%)



: Gender Wise Demographic Details


the study area some villages are densely populated (See table no. 3.29). But on the other hand

some are very less populated i.e. Pagra, Banwar, Dhorakalan etc.


and vulnerable groups and special attention has to be given towards these


villages schedule caste (S.C.) population is 22.76% and Schedule Tribe (ST) population i

study area. 66.15% population was found in other categories.

TABLE-3.30

Details of Vulnerable Population in the Study Area

SC (%) ST (%)

19.17 15.61

32.01 3.10

26.22 10.21

17.96 12.64

22.76 11.08




). But on the other hand


and vulnerable groups and special attention has to be given towards these


villages schedule caste (S.C.) population is 22.76% and Schedule Tribe (ST) population is 11.08% in

Other (%)

65.22

64.89

63.57

69.40

66.15



Fig: 3

Figure no. 3.32 shows that the vulnerable group (i.e. Schedule Caste &

3km) is 34.7%, in secondary zone (3

3.15.4.3 LITERACY RATE

Literacy Rate is the percentage of people in a country with the ability to read and write.

analysis of the literacy levels

literacy rate of 63 % which is less than state and district literacy rate. The male literacy rate in the

study area works out to be 35.00% whereas the female literacy rate, which is an i

for social change, is observed to be 22 % in the study area and 47.01% observed as illiterates as per

the survey. This indicates that there is a need to focus in sociological aspect in the region and

enhance further development. The d

is given in Table-3.31.

Zone Area

0-3 km

3-5 km

5-7 km

7-10 km



Fig: 3.32: Vulnerable Group of Study Area

shows that the vulnerable group (i.e. Schedule Caste & Tribes) in primary zone (0

3km) is 34.7%, in secondary zone (3-5km) is 35.1% and in outer zone (5-10km) is 32.9%.

Literacy Rate is the percentage of people in a country with the ability to read and write.

analysis of the literacy levels is done in the study area. The 10 km radius study area demonstrates a


study area works out to be 35.00% whereas the female literacy rate, which is an i



enhance further development. The distribution of literates and literacy rates in the observe

TABLE-3.31

Educational Details of the study Area

Male lit (%) Female lit (%)

33 20

37 25

35 23

36 22



Tribes) in primary zone (0-

10km) is 32.9%.

Literacy Rate is the percentage of people in a country with the ability to read and write. The

is done in the study area. The 10 km radius study area demonstrates a


study area works out to be 35.00% whereas the female literacy rate, which is an important indicator



istribution of literates and literacy rates in the observed village

Female lit (%)

20

25

23

22



Fig: 3.33: Gender wise Literacy Rate in the Study Area

A number of schemes are being carried out to improve the status of education in the area:

Shiksha Aapke Dwar (Education at your door) District Primary Education Program (DPEP)

Ghummakad Vidyalaya Shiksha Mitra Yojna. In the present

the study area. Male and Female literacy rate of villages are varying

Female literacy rate in the region is low as compared to male.

3.15.4.4 ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES

The economy of an area is defined by the occupationa

the area. The occupational structure of residents in the study area is studied with reference to

work category. The population is divided occupation wise into three categories, viz., main

workers, marginal worker

laborers, those engaged in household industry and other services.

The marginal workers are those workers engaged in some work for a period of less than 180 days

during the reference year. Th

students, retired persons, dependents, beggars, vagrants etc. besides institutional inmates or all

other non-workers who do not fall under the above categories.



: Gender wise Literacy Rate in the Study Area



Ghummakad Vidyalaya Shiksha Mitra Yojna. In the present study, the literacy rate

the study area. Male and Female literacy rate of villages are varying from place to place. Although

Female literacy rate in the region is low as compared to male.

ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES

The economy of an area is defined by the occupational pattern and income level of the people in



workers, marginal workers and non-workers. The workers include cultivators, agricultural

laborers, those engaged in household industry and other services.


during the reference year. The non-workers include those engaged in unpaid household duties,


workers who do not fall under the above categories.





study, the literacy rate is quite low in

place to place. Although

l pattern and income level of the people in



workers. The workers include cultivators, agricultural


workers include those engaged in unpaid household duties,




Zone Area Total Worker (%)

0-3 km 43.09

3-5 km 39.94

5-7 km 48.09

7-10 km 45.36

Figure 3

The above table shows that the percentage of total working population is 44.34% out of which

27.78% is main working & 16.56% is marginal working population. Rest 55.66% forms the non

working population of the observed villages. As

percentage of non-working population m

3.15.4.5 OTHER INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES

o Transport Facilities

The study area is served by road transport. Most of the villages are connected by

service, but frequency of government bus services is not sufficient and villagers use private

transport. State Highway SH

direction from the M.L. area. Nearest railway station is

o Post and Telegraphs

The study area has an average level of postal services. Altogether there are few post offices in the

study area. The study area is served by adequate telephone and mobile network.



TABLE – 3.32

WORK FORCE OF THE STUDY AREA

Total Worker (%) Total Main

Worker %

Total Marginal

Worker % Non Worker (%)

29.92 13.17 56.91

30.06 9.88 60.06

22.44 25.66

28.35 17.01 54.64

Figure 3.34: Work Force in the Study Area


27.78% is main working & 16.56% is marginal working population. Rest 55.66% forms the non

working population of the observed villages. As per the analysis, all the villages have a big

working population more than the working population.

OTHER INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES

The study area is served by road transport. Most of the villages are connected by


transport. State Highway SH- 49 (from Damoh to Panna) is at a distance of 2.2 km in south

direction from the M.L. area. Nearest railway station is at Damoh (~61 km in South direction).





Non Worker (%)

56.91

60.06

51.91

54.64


27.78% is main working & 16.56% is marginal working population. Rest 55.66% forms the non-

per the analysis, all the villages have a big

The study area is served by road transport. Most of the villages are connected by road transport


49 (from Damoh to Panna) is at a distance of 2.2 km in south

at Damoh (~61 km in South direction).







o Electrification in the area

Almost all the villages in the study area are electrified. Electricity is available for domestic,

commercial, industrial, agricultural and public lighting purposes.

o Drinking Water Facility

During the primary survey, it has been observed that the requirement of drinking water is being

fulfilled by hand pumps, dug wells, ponds and other small water bodies. Hand pump facility

provided by Government is available in every village. Water tanks are also available in the villages.

In some villages, villagers have made small water harvesting tanks in their houses for drinking

purpose. In the summer season, villagers face water crisis. Groundwater level in the study area is

reported to be about 6.5 m to 20 m during pre- monsoon and 3 m to 15.5 m during post- monsoon,

as per discussion with villagers. Water for irrigation purpose is used from bore wells and dug

wells.

3.15.5 CONCLUSION OF THE STUDY

The socio economic study of the study area on behalf of surveyed villages gives clear picture of its

population, average household size, literacy rate, sex ratio etc, the literacy rate of the concerned

study area has an average level (63%). The study area reveals that population of the area has lack

of jobs to run their day to day life and get basic facilities.

The study area as a whole possesses below average of infrastructural facilities. In comparison with

the facilities available in other parts of the districts this area lacks in amenities like higher

education, health, drinking water and communication network. This area needs more medical

facilities as not even one maternity and child care centre is available in this area. Primary health

centre and sub centers existing in the area are also not in healthy conditions to provide facilities to

people.

The socio-economic analysis of the Study Area shows that in terms of education and employment,

the area is moderately developed. The overall socio-economic status of the target population is

below average in terms of literacy, Work Participation Rate etc. More attention and care will be

taken so that the needs and demand of the population of the study area can get more exposure

to modern facilities of education, medical facilities and development to a bright future.

3.16 INDUSTRIES FALLING WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS OF THE AREA

Few industries are located within 10 km radius of the project site; these are listed as shown in

Table 3.33.





TABLE - 3.33

List of Industries within 10 km radius

S.

No.

Name of the Company Type of Unit Distance from Mine site

boundary

Direction from the Mine

site boundary

1. M/s. J.P. Stone Crusher

at Village- Kol Karhiya

Stone crusher ~ 0.4 km South

2. M/s. B.N.S. Mining at

Village- Ganyari

Stone mining ~ 4.0 km NE

3. M/s. Ganesh Stone

Crusher at Village-

Ganyari

Stone Crusher

(not working)

~4.0 km NE

Source: Field survey

3.17 CONCLUSION

The environment baseline study was conducted in the project area by both secondary data &

primary data collection. Abiotic factors including air, water and soil were studied for the core &

buffer zone. It was found that most of the parameters were within the limits as per the Indian

Standards. In general, there is no major threat to the quality of these parameters. Similarly, the

study for the biotic factors was conducted. Hence it can be concluded that the present

environment status of the study area is good enough for the project activity. Adoption of

adequate pollution control measures will protect the surrounding environment.

CHAPTER-IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND

MITIGATION MEASURES





CHAPTER–IV

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1 INTRODUCTION

The environmental parameters likely to be affected by mining are related to many factors, i.e.

physical, social, economic, agriculture and aesthetic. Opencast mining involves drilling, blasting,

loading & unloading of limestone and waste rock at crusher and dumps respectively. The

limestone will be crushed in crusher for reduction in size and crushed limestone will be

transported to plant through covered conveyor belt.

The operations may disturb environment of the area in various ways, such as removal of mass,

change of landscape, flora and fauna of the area, surface drainage, and change in air, water and

soil quality. While for the purpose of development and economic upliftment of people, there is

need for establishment of mining industries, but these should be environment friendly. Therefore,

it is essential to assess the impacts of mining on different environmental parameters, before

starting the mining operations, so that abatement measures could be planned in advance for eco-

friendly mining in the area.

The likely impacts on different environmental parameters due to this mining project are discussed

below.

4.2 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT & MITIGATION MEASURES

The mining activities may disturb environment in various ways such as degradation of land, dust

generation, deterioration of water and soil quality, affecting the biological and socio-economic

environment of the area. The impacts of mining on various environmental parameters were

assessed and are given below:

4.2.1 IMPACT ON AIR QUALITY & MITIGATION MEASURES

The proposed project include various mining operations involving development of benches,

approach roads, haul roads, drilling, blasting, excavation and transportation of limestone and

waste materials, installation and operation of crushing unit for sizing of Limestone. These

operations generally result in generation of dust and thereby pose health hazards. However, it is

proposed that adequate control measures will be provided at every stage of operation such as

installation of bag filters, water sprinkling at loading and unloading point (crusher hopper) and on

haul roads before transportation to reduce the fugitive dust emissions.

4.2.1.1 AIR POLLUTION DUE TO MINING

(i) Gaseous Pollution

The gaseous pollutants (SO2 & NO2) are anticipated from HEMM like excavator, dumpers, dozer

and other transport vehicles. The ambient air quality was measured on 24 hourly basis for the

gaseous pollutants.





(ii) Particulate Matter

The generation of dust is anticipated from various mining activities i.e. drilling, blasting, loading,

haulage, unloading and crushing, and other activities related to mining.

The ambient air quality monitored during summer season (results discussed in Chapter 3) shows

that the PM concentrations in the surrounding villages are within the prescribed limits (CPCB

standards). At present, the only source of pollution is the domestic activities.

4.2.1.2 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY IMPACT PREDICTION MODELING

Impact Prediction is an important part of Environmental Impact Assessment Study. There are

various techniques available to predict the impacts. Mathematical modelling is an established and

accepted technique for the same.

The present study assesses the impact on air environment due to the propsoed limestone Mine

(ML Area- 499.641 ha) at Tehsil Pawai, District- Panna (Madhya Pradesh). Crushers can be

considered as the point source for impact prediction modelling as they are installed at the mines

site.

This report gives the cumulative peak incremental concentration of Particulate Matter within 10

km radius of the lease boundary, due to this proposed activity.

The concentrations have been predicted in all directions. Spatial distributions of all the pollutants

are also presented in the form of Isopleths.

4.2.1.3 EMISSION RATE AS PER MATERIAL HANDLED:

The emissions in the present case have been computed using empirical factor given in “Indian

Mining and Engineering Journal”. The details of emissions computed from mining operations

proposed in both the leases are given below:

Table: 4.1

Emission rate as per material handled

Particulars Unit Details

Limestone+ Top Soil + Waste + Mineral

reject Million TPA

3.54 + 6.51 + 1.56 +

3.36 = 14.97

Total Working Days Number 300

Activity rate t/hr 3119

Uncontrolled emission

Emission factor gm/t per thousand tone of material 23.6

Emission Rate gm/sec 20.44

Area of influence Sq.m 4996410

Area Source Emission rate gm/sec/Sq.m 0.0000040

Controlled Emissions gm/sec/Sq.m 0.00000136





4.2.1.4 MODELLING PROCEDURE

Prediction of incremental ground level concentrations (GLC’s) due to this proposed project has

been made by AERMOD version 8.1 as per CPCB guidelines. It is US-EPA approved model for

prediction of the air quality. The model uses rural dispersion and regulatory default options as per

guidelines on air quality models (PROBES/70/1997-1998). For this study, uniform polar receptors on

flat terrain have been assumed. The model is capable for area source, line source and volume

source modelling.

Meteorological inputs required are hourly wind speed and direction, ambient temperature,

stability class and mixing height. The model details are as follows:

4.2.1.5 METEOROLOGICAL DATA

Data recorded at the weather monitoring station on wind speed, direction, and temperature at

one hour interval for the monitoring period i.e. Post Monsoon Seasonhas been used as

meteorological input.

4.2.1.6 STABILITY CLASSIFICATION

Hourly stability is determined by wind direction fluctuation method as suggested by Slade (1965)

and recommended by CPCB (PROBES/70/1997-1998).

σa = Wdr/6

σa, is standard deviation of wind direction fluctuation, Wdr is the overall wind direction

fluctuation or width of the wind direction in degrees. The table for stability classes is given as

under:

Table - 4.2

Stability Classes

Stability Class σa (degree) Stability Class σa (degree)

A > 22.5 D 12.4 – 7.5

B 22.4 – 17.5 E 7.4 – 3.5

C 17.4 – 12.5 F < 3.5

4.2.1.7 DISPERSION PARAMETERS

Dispersion parameters σy and σz for open country conditions (Briggs, 1974) are used as the

project is located on a flat terrain in a rural area. Atmospheric dispersion coefficients vary with

downwind distance (x) from emission sources for different atmospheric stability conditions.

(CPCB – PROBES/70/1997-98)

Table – 4.3

Rural Conditions

Stability

Class

σy σz Stability

Class

σy σz

A 0.22x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.20x D 0.08x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.06(1+0.0015x).5

B 0.16x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.12x E 0.06x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.03x(1+0.0003x)-1

C 0.11x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.08x(1+0.0002x).5 F 0.04x(1+0.0001x)-.5 0.16x(1+0.0003x)-1





4.2.1.8 MIXING HEIGHT

Mixing Height is an important parameter to be considered for air quality impact prediction as it

significantly affects the dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere. As site specific mixing heights

were not available, mixing heights based on IMD publication, “Atlas of Hourly Mixing Height and

Assimilative Capacity of Atmosphere in India”, has been considered for Industrial Source Complex

model to establish the worst case scenario.

4.2.1.9 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS

Ambient air quality standards promulgated by National Ambient Air Quality Standardsfor different

areas are as follows:

Table - 4.4

Area Time Weighted

Average

Concentration (µg/m3)

PM10 SO2 NO2

Industrial Area, Residential Rural and Other Areas Annual Average *

24 hours **

60 50 40

100 80 80

Ecologically Sensitive Area (Notified by Central Govt.) Annual Average *

24 hours **

60 20 30

100 80 80

4.2.1.10 PRESENTATION OF RESULTS

In the present case, model simulations have been carried out for mining project to obtain an

optimum description of variations in concentration over the site in 10 km radius covering 16

directions.

The incremental concentrations have been estimated based on mathematical emission data based

modelling. For each time scale, i.e. for 24 hrs, the model computes the maximum GLC observed

during the period over all the measurement points. Existing value has been covered in the

Background Ambient Air Quality Monitoring.

The Ground level incremental concentrations are estimated for the monitoring period. For each

time scale, i.e. for 24 hr the model computes the highest concentrations observed during the

period over all the measurement points.

The maximum incremental GLCs due to the mining project for PM10 is superimposed on the

maximum baseline PM10, concentration recorded at the monitoring locations during the field

monitoring period. The maximum concentration for PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NO2 due to this

propsoed project is found to be 4.3 µg/m3, 0.78 µg/m3, 1.02 µg/m3 & 1.85 µg/m3. Mainly fugitive

emission will be generated from mining operation which will be restricted nearby the lease

boundary by using proper dust suppression measures.

The study area experiences moderate values of PM10, however, all the parameters were found

well within the prescribed limits. Due to this proposed project, there will be a slight increase in

pollution levels, but the same will be controlled by adopting proper mitigation measures, as

described in the next para.





Figure 4.1: Isopleth showing incremental GLC of PM10





Figure 4.2: Isopleth showing incremental GLC of PM2.5





Figure 4.3: Isopleth showing incremental GLC of SO2





Figure 4.4: Isopleth showing incremental GLC of NO2





4.2.1.11 MITIGATION MEASURES

The following mitigation measures will be adopted to mitigate air pollution generated due to the

mining activities:

Drilling machines will be equipped with wet drilling arrangements.

Controlled blasting will be adopted and optimum use of explosive energy helps in reducing

the air pollution.

Haul roads & loading & unloading areas will be regularly sprayed with water to arrest dust

from becoming air-borne.

Development of green belt/plantation will be done around mine boundary, roads and other

places to control the air pollution to reach to the around the vicinity of crusher, nearby

villages and village road.

Bag filters and automatic water spray system will be installed in crusher hopper.

Dust masks will be provided to the workers & operators working in dusty zones.

Personal Protective Equipment like dust masks will be provided to all employees.

Periodic air quality monitoring will be carried out.

4.2.2 IMPACT OF NOISE / VIBRATIONS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.2.2.1 IMPACT OF NOISE ON WORKING ENVIRONMENT

With the mining operations for mine development, excavation and transportation of limestone, it

is imperative that noise levels would increase.

1. Noise Generated due to Drilling, Excavation, Transportation and Crushing

Major source of noise in this proposed mine will be drilling, operation of HEMM for excavation,

loading, haulage, crushing & transportation. The noise levels in the working environment will be

maintained within the standards prescribed by Central Pollution Control Board. These standards

were established with the emphasis on reducing the hearing loss. The permissible limits, as laid

down by CPCB, are presented in following table:

TABLE - 4.5

Permissible Exposure in Case Of Continuous Noise (CPCB, Govt. of India)

S.No. Sound Level (dB A) Continuous Duration (Hours)

1. 85 8

2. 88 4

3. 91 2

4. 94 1

5. 97 0.5

6. 100 0.25

Source: CPCB Standards

2. Noise Generated Due to Blasting

Noise generated from blasting is for a short duration and is instantaneous. Noise of blast is site

specific and depends on type, quantity of explosives, dimensions of drill holes, degree of





compaction of explosive in the blast holes. The noise level tends to decrease significantly with

distance.

3. Noise Impact Analysis on Community

Efforts will be confined to work zone areas only. Noise levels varies from 50.0 to 54.3 Leq dB(A)

during day time and during night time noise levels ranges from 39.8 to 43.5 Leq dB(A). The

predicted noise levels indicate that there will be no significant increment to the ambient noise

levels.In summary, it can be stated that the impact on the present noise levels due to mining

operations will be restricted to the active mine area only.

4.2.2.2 MITIGATION MEASURES TO REDUCE AMBIENT NOISE LEVEL

The following control measures will be adopted to keep the ambient noise levels well below the

limits:

• Drilling will be done with sharp drill bits to achieve optimum drilling performance and to

reduce noise generation at source.

• The mineral will be transported to plant through covered belt conveyor (CBC).

• Adequate silencers in HEMM will be provided to reduce generation of noise.

• Proper maintenance, oiling and greasing of machines at regular intervals will be done to

reduce generation of noise.

• All HEMMs will be equipped with closed cabins for operators.

• The workers employed at HEMM will be provided with protective equipments, earmuffs and

earplugs as a protective measure from the high noise level generated at the mine site and

wherever required.

• Planting of trees will be done along the CBC for controlling noise apart from acting as barrier

for propagation of noise.

• Periodical monitoring of noise will be carried out regularly.

4.2.2.3 IMPACT OF VIBRATION DUE TO BLASTING

Ground vibration, fly rock, noise, dust and fumes are the deleterious effects of blasting operation

on environment. The explosive energy generates a seismic wave in the ground, which can cause

significant damage to structures and disturbance to human occupants.

When an explosive charge is fired inside the blast hole it is converted into hot gases and sound

which exert intense pressure on the blast hole walls. High intensity shock waves propagate

radially in all directions and cause the rock particles to oscillate. This oscillation is felt as ground

vibration. Blasting, in addition to easing the hard strata generates ground vibrations and

instantaneous noise. Ground vibration from mine blasting is expressed by amplitude, frequency

and duration of blast. The variables, which influence ground vibrations, are controllable and non-

controllable. The non-controllable variables include general surface terrain, type and depth of

overburden. Similarly, the controllable variables include type of explosives, charge per delay, delay

interval, direction of blast progression, burden, spacing, specific charge and coupling ratio.

The oscillation of rock particles is called Particle Velocity and its value is called Peak Particle

velocity (PPV), which is measured in millimetres per second. The standards for safe limit of PPV are





established by Director General of Mines Safety for safe level criteria through Circular No. 7 dated

29.8.1997. The safe level criteria PPV as mentioned in Circular No. 7 of DGMS are presented below:

Table - 4.6

Permissible Peak Particle Velocity (mm/s)

S. No. Type of Structure Dominant Excitation Frequency (Hz)

< 8 Hz 8 - 25 Hz > 25 Hz

A) Buildings/structures not belonging to the owner

1. Domestic houses/structures

(Kuchcha brick and cement) 5 10 15

2. Industrial Buildings

(RCC and framed structures) 10 20 25

3. Objects of historical importance and sensitive

structure 2 5 10

B) Buildings belonging to the owner with limited life span

1. Domestic houses/structures

(Kuchcha brick and cement) 10 15 25

2. Industrial buildings

(RCC and framed structures) 15 25 50

Source: DGMS Circular No. 7 dated 29.8.1997

As the distance increases the PPV value is likely to reduce. Following mitigation measures will be

adopted to combat the ground vibrations due to blasting:

• Blasting will be done in accordance with standards prescribed by DGMS for controlled

blasting.

• This is proposed mine. Blasting study will be done after operation of mine.

• Explosives charge per hole and per delay will be maintained as per DGMS guidelines.

• NONEL will be used to control ground vibrations, noise & fly rocks.

• Blasting will be carried out during day time only.

4.2.3 IMPACT ON WATER ENVIRONMENT & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.2.3.1 IMPACT ON SURFACE WATER & MITIGATION MEASURES

There are no major nala(s) or streams within the M.L. area. The surface water accumulated during

rainy season either get absorbed within ground or run off through the favorable slope & get

merged with Bearma river. The drainage of the area is controlled by Bearma river, which is

tributary of Ken river flowing at western, northern & southern periphery of M.L. area.

No waste water will be discharged outside ML Area which may contaminate any surface water

body.

The following mitigation measures will be adopted to control the surface run-off:

During the first year of operations, a garland drain is proposed to be constructed outside the

five year pit limit area in order to prevent entry of surface water into the mining pit. The

garland drain is proposed to be of 2 m width and 1 m depth.





The Bearma river is flowing towards North, South and west of Mining lease area. The HFL of

the Bearma River is reported to be 318 m RL. Thus to prevent the entry of river water in

mining lease area, an embankment is proposed to be constructed within the lease area and

outside the pit limit. In view of undulating topography, the embankment shall have variable

height and width with its top being 0.5 m in width. The embankment shall be above the HFL

of the area and shall have a maximum and minimum width of 24 m and 9.0 m respectively and

maximum and minimum height of 9 m and 3 m respectively with its top level at about 322 m

RL around the mining pit to prevent the inundation of mine.

Garland drain having siltation pits will be provided at the toe of the dumps to channelize the

runoff water from dumps into the water reservoir (i.e mined out pits) & around the active pits

to restrict rainy water from entering into the working pit.

4.2.3.2 IMPACT ON GROUND WATER & MITIGATION MEASURES

Based on ground water observations made in the applied mining lease area, water level ranges in

between 5 to 10 m below ground level. Seasonal fluctuation in the area is about 2 to 4 m. The

lowest ground level in the M.L. Area is 310 m AMSL and the Bearma river is flowing at an elevation

of 308 m AMSL in the south to 306 m AMSL in the north. Thus it is anticipated that the ground

water level in the M.L. Area may vary from 300 m AMSL to 290 m AMSL. The mining will be carried

out upto 282 m RL during the plan period and 258 m RL upt conceptual stage. Water table will be

intersected during plan period. Application has been submitted to CGWA for taking permission for

intersection of ground water table vide letter No 21-4/854//MP/MIN/2019 dated 27.05.2019. Copy of

submission proof is enclosed as Annexure XI with this Final EIA/EMP Report.

Total water requirement for the project will be 100 KLD, the same will be sourced from Ground

Water or River Bearma and Mine Sump (as & when developed).

A temporary sump of 20m x 20 m size is proposed for pumping of water from the quarry to

sediment settling tank and after settling of silt, water shall be used in dust suppression and

plantation in mines and sahll also be used in cement plant.

4.2.3.3 WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT

Domestic waste water generated from mine office, rest shelters etc. will be disposed off in

soak pit via septic tanks.

3 KLD Waste water from washing of HEMM will be treated by oil & grease trap/ETP to avoid

its entry into drainage system.

4.2.3.4 WATER CONSERVATION MEASURES

A. Water recycling

About 3 KLD of Waste water generated from workshop will be treated in oil water

separator/ETP and used for dust suppression and greenbelt/plantation.

B. Rain Water Harvesting

To control the surface run-offs, Garland drains will be constructed around the working

mine pits to channelize rain water flowing into working mine pit.





At the conceptual stage, 94.94 ha area will be developed as rainwater storage.

4.2.4 IMPACT ON SOIL / LAND USE PATTERN & MITIGATION MEASURES

4.2.4.1 IMPACT ON SOIL ENVIRONMENT

The overburden soil comprises of black cotton soil at top and yellowish clay at bottom. The

black cotton soil is silky when wet ans becomes very hard when dry. The clay is fine to sandy,

silty, clayey and lateritic in nature depending upon the source from which it has been derived.

It is yellowish to brownish yellow in color and sticky when wet.

During plan period, 4.04 million tonnes of soil will be generated and up to life of mine 27.30

million tonnes of OB soil will be gerated which will be stacked in the temporary OBS dump

yard (OBS 1 & 2) located towards north of pit A and shall be used in plantation

4.2.4.2 LANDSCAPE AND LAND USE PATTERN

Land use plan of the mining lease area during pre-operational, operational & post-operational is

given in Table 4.7.

Table: 4.7

Stage Wise Land Use and Reclamation Area (ha)

S. No. Land Use Category Present At the end of 5

th

Year

At the end of

Life of Mine

1. Total area disturbed Nil 118.82 448.47

2. Area fully mined out (out of 1) Nil 45.21 340.63

3. Area fully reclaimed (backfilled) (out of 2) Nil 5.62 241.84

4. Area fully rehabilitated by afforestation/ agriculture

use etc. (out of 3) Nil Nil 207.99#

5. Area fully rehabilitated by water reservoir (out of 2)

(Available area) Nil Nil 94.94

6. Area rehabilitated by bench slope/ afforestation (out

of 2) Nil Nil 3.85

7. Area under soil storage Nil 21.02 Nil

8. Area under active dump storage Nil 9.98 Nil

9. Dump area fully rehabilitated (out of 8) Nil Nil Nil

10. Area under dead dump Nil Nil Nil

11. Dump area fully rehabilitated (out of 10) Nil Nil Nil

12. Area under mineral storage Nil 6.64 Nil

13. Area under road (outside pit) Nil 5.39 1.65

14. Area under greenbelt & afforestation Nil 10.00 178.64*

15. Area under Infrastructure (workshop, administrative

building & crusher etc.) Nil 1.00 1.00





16. Area under tailing dumps Nil Nil Nil

17. Area under any other use (check dams & other

protective measures) Nil 19.58 1.50

18. Total undisturbed area from Mining Lease 499.641 380.821 51.171

Total 499.641 499.641 499.641


*includes plantation on 71.1 ha on backfilled & 3.85 ha on bench slope.

# 207.99 ha (136.89 ha for use in agriculture & 71.1 ha plantation on backfilled area)

4.2.4.3 RECLAMATION PLAN FOR LAND

During the plan period, the benches in aprt of the area inside pit A shall reach its ultimate stage.

Thus backfilling shall be done in the entire available area of 5.72 ha during the fourth year. Since

the reclamation shall not be complete during the plan period, hence the reclaimed area can not be

rehabilitated during the five year plan period.

During conceptual stage, simultaneous with the exploitation, backfilling shall be carried in the

exploited pits and alter plantation shall be carried out in part area and part is proposed to be sued

for agriculture.

The reclamation and rehabilitation done during the scheme period and upto the conceptual

period is given below:

Table: 4.8

Stage Wise Reclaimation and rehabilitation

Year Area reclaimed

(Ha)

Area rehabilitated

(Ha)

Remarks

1st to 5th year 5.72 Nil -

6th to 10th year 43.73 46.0 Plantation according to Progressive Mine

Closure Plan duly approved by IBM

11th to 15th year 46.34 35.10 Plantation in 25.10 ha and agriculture in 10 ha

according to Progressive Mine Closure Plan

duly approved by IBM

16th to 20th year 43.91 35.00 For according to Progressive Mine Closure

Plan duly approved by IBM

21st to 25th year 26.96 25.58 For agriculture according to Progressive Mine

Closure Plan duly approved by IBM

26th year to end of

life of mine

173.97 165.10 For agriculture in

66.31 ha, Afforestation on benches 3.85 ha and

Pit Converted into water reservoir on 94.94

ha. according to Progressive Mine Closure Plan

duly approved by IBM.

Total 340.63 306.78

Post mine land use at conceptual stage is given in Chapter II of this Final EIA/EMP Report.





4.2.4.4 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS ON LAND USE PATTERN DUE TO THE MINING ACTIVITY

a) Impact on Core Zone:

• Out of the total lease area of 499.641 ha, 11.553 ha land is Govt waste land and 488.088 ha

land is Pvt Agriculture land.

• Being proposed mine there is no change in the present land use. However, the intensity

of land use will increase after commencement of project.

• At the conceptual stage, out of the total mining lease area (i.e. 499.641 ha), total mined-

out area will be around 340.63 ha; out of which, 241.84 ha will be backfilled in which

207.99 ha area will be rehabilitated by plantation (71.1 ha) and agriculture use (136.89),

3.85 ha area will be rehabilitated by bench slope palntation and remaining 94.94 ha will

be developed as water reservoir. 178.64 ha area will be covered under

greenbelt/plantation. 1.65 ha area will be covered under road, 1.0 ha rae will be utilized

under infrastructure and 1.50 ha area will be under other use (check dams & other

protective measures). About 51.171 ha area will be undisturbed at the end of life of mine.

b) Impact on Buffer Zone:

• There will be no major change in land use of buffer zone due to proposed mining activity.

• Awareness for new methodologies of agricultural practices viz. mixed farming, crop

rotation and agricultural cropping pattern suitable for the study areawill also be carried

out under CSR as well as CER to increase the agricultural productivity of the study area.

• Mining activity are confined to the mineralized zone and proper pollution control

measures will be adopted to restrict the pollution load within the active zone in order to

prevent any negative impact on nearby areas. Therefore, no adverse impact is envisaged

in the study area.

Recommendations:

• Thick Greenbelt / Plantation developmentalong the mine periphery and along the roads, so

that dust emission impacts can be minimized on surrounding agriculture fields.

• The following practices to be carried out to increase the productivity of the study area:

o Awareness for new methodologies of the agricultural practices viz. mixed farming, crop

rotation and agricultural cropping pattern suitable for the lease area.

o Rainwater harvesting practices will be encouraged which will lead to ground water

recharge and ultimately increased productivity in the study area.

4.2.5 SOCIO – ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT

The potential impact on socio-economic environment due to this mining project is given in

following heads.





4.2.5.1 POSITIVE IMPACTS

Employment:

Direct and indirect employment opportunities will be generated during proposed mining

operation and other allied activities. Employment generated by company provides a safe working

environment for workers. Preference for employment will be given to locals based on need,

eligibility and qualification.

Community Skills Development:

The local community will be benefitted from the training programmes that will instituted by SMPL

to enable the community labour force to work for their livelihood/Self-growth. This training will

improve their skill sets that not only benefit SMPL but also the community at large during and

after the project life.

Improved Standard of Living:

Employment opportunities created by the project will increase income of local community and

therefore improve the overall standard of living in the area.

Economic Exposure and Development:

Implementation of the project will make opportunities for sustainable livelihood, better

infrastructure facilities and services available to the people. This will expose and introduce the

local population to factors of economic development including the banking system, financial

services and credit and investment schemes. The exposure will enable community members to

invest their income and prevent dependency or living a life with a view of “tomorrow will take

care of itself”.

Impact on Civic Amenities

The impact of the proposed limestone project on the civic amenities will be positive. With

improved transportation facilities, educational facilities and other recreational facilities etc. there

will be improvement in civic amenities. The communication facilities will also improve in the area.

4.2.5.2 ADVERSE SOCIAL IMPACT

Health Impacts

The project may trigger negative health impacts through increased dust, creation of breeding

grounds for disease vectors, population influx which might introduce new diseases in the area and

pressure on sanitation facilities.

Livelihood Change

Due to the labour intensity of the mining sector, the project will attract the more able-bodied

persons from the community which in turn will lead to low labour availability in other sectors of

the economy including agricultural, labour intensive jobs etc. project will have insignificant impact

on livelihood change.





Population Growth

This project will not have any substantial impact on the population growth. The proposed

limestone project will generate employment opportunities for the people of nearby villages and

rehabilitated families rendering positive impact on the area on the whole.

4.2.5.3 MITIGATION MEASURES

Mitigation Health Impacts

As mentioned in 4.2.1, the incremental GLCs for various air pollutants will be restricted within the

lease area and the impacts will be negligible on the nearby villages. Nevertheless, Awareness

programmes on health hazards will be conducted to create awareness amongst the employees as

well as the local population. SMPL will do CER activities in the area of Health facilities by means of

providing primary health services covering nearby villages through health extenders, in

conjunction with Government and NGOs. The health issues can be monitored and addressed in

this manner. SMPL will consider Health facilities under its CER activities.

Health Care Facilities

Proper health care facilities will be provided to the employees of limestone mine along with their

families. The medical facilities in form of primary medical camps will also be extended to local

people in the nearby areas under CER activities.

Managing Loss of Livelihood and Income:

To cushion the population against impacts of mine closure, adequate advance intimation will be

given to employees and contractors to allow them to source alternative opportunities. Skills

development programmes will also be undertaken by SMPL to ensure sustainable livelihood for

people of the nearby areas.

4.2.6 IMPACT ON HUMAN SETTLEMENT

The total mining lease area is 499.641 hectare, out of which, 11.553 ha is Govt. land and rest

488.088 ha is private agricultural land. Mining lease area falls at Village Kol Karhiya, Tehsil- Pawai,

District- Panna (Madhya Pradesh). Village Kol Karhiya is surrounded by all mining blocks. There is

no houses within the ML Area.

By carrying out detailed geological exploration and computation of reserves and subsequently in

mine planning, maximum effort has been given to keep the village settlements outside by a safe

margin as per the safety provisions. Mining will not be done within 300 m from nearest habitation

of village. However, Following Protection measures will be taken to mitigate the impact of mining

activities on nearest habitation:

Safe distance of 300 m will be left from village habitation.

Mining will be carried out as per the provisions outlined in Modeified Mining Plan approved by

Indian Bureau of Mines (IBM) as well as by abiding to the guidelines of Director General Mines

Safety (DGMS) and Conditions mentioned in DGMS guidelines will be followed strictly.

Controlled blasting will be carried out to reduce air blast and peak particle velocity in order to

control effect of vibration in the nearby area.





Secondary blasting for reducing the boulder size will be avoided by using rock breaker.

Regular ambient air quality monitoring and vibration monitoring will be done.

All measures will be adopted to control fugitive dust emission during mining operation and to

ensure no impact on nearby habitats.

Regular water spraying will be done on haul roads & Crusher hopper to arrest dust from

becoming air-borne.

4.2.7 PUBLIC HEALTH IMPLICATION

As per the survey carried out in the study area, common diseases in the region are Diarrhoea, Viral

fever, Typhoid, Dermatitis, Urinary tract infections, Conjunctivitis, Cataract, Arthritis,

Gastrointestinal disease, malaria etc. None of these can be related to the project and relied

activities of project.

Development of green belt/plantation around mine boundary and all around in the vicinity of

the crusher to trap fugitive dust will be carried out.

Air quality modelling has been carried out & incremental value, i.e. 4.3 µg/m3 due to mine

within the lease area.

No waste water will be generated due to mining operations.

Pollution control measures for ambient air, water, noise will be taken to maintain within the

prescribed standards.

Regular Ambient air quality monitoring, noise monitoring & water quality analysis will be

done.

Efforts will be made under CER to improve the hygiene, sanitation, education and

infrastructure of the nearby villagers.

All the employees when inducted will be medically examined. Further, they will also be

medically examined at periodical interval.

4.2.8 IMPACT ON LOCAL TRANSPORT INFRASTRUCTURE About 13334 Tonnes of limestone per day from mine site after processing in crusher will be

transported to the plant by 1.5 km long covered belt conveyor.

No public raod will be used for transportation.

There will be no incremental impact on local transport infrastructure due to this project.

4.2.9 IMPACT ON BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

Habitat loss, degradation, and fragmentation are important causes of known species-population

extinctions. The main cause of degradation and depletion of forests and wildlife are the human

activity (anthropogenic pressure). Population explosion, over exploitation of forest resources,

urbanization, unscientific management, encroachment of forest land, illicit felling, lack of

regeneration of forests and outdated laws are major factors responsible for the degradation and

depletion of forests. Details are given in the follow up points.





4.2.9.1 IMPACT ON FLORA

Being proposed mine, there will be no further deforestation for proposed project. Therefore, no

adverse impact is envisaged on the existing flora. Plantation will be developed in the mining lease

area as per plantation programme. These activities help to improve the floral cover of the area.

The greenbelt and plantation development will eventually attract micro fauna, birds etc. in the

area.

Assistance will be taken from local forest department in selection of species of plants so that

green coverage could improve very fast. The varieties would include those plants, which are

suitable to the area.

4.2.9.2 IMPACT ON FAUNA

There is no National Park, Wildlife Sanctuary, and Biosphere Reserve, Wildlife Corridors,

Tiger/Elephant Reserves etc. within 10 km radius of the Mine site. In 10 km study area, there are

two Reserved Forests and one Protected Forest i.e. Protected Forest (~8 km in NW direction),

Pagra Protected Forest (~3.5 km in NE direction) and Bardha Reserved Forest (~8 km in NW

direction).

Authenticated list of flora & fauna has been obtained from the DFO vide letter no.- MA.CHI./ 2015/

5323 dated 04.11.2015 and Addl Principal Chief Conservator of Forest vide letter no F-1/2019/10-

11/1690 dated 25.05.2019. No schedule I specie found in the study area.

Environment mitigation measures will be adopted; therefore, mining will not cause any adverse

impact on existing wildlife.

Measures for keeping noise level well within permissible limit will be taken to prevent disturbance

to wild life. Mine lease area will be fenced for preventing the entry of wildlife into the mine area.

4.2.9.3 MEASURES FOR MINIMIZING IMPACT ON FAUNA

The following measures will be adopted to minimize the impact of mining on faunal environment

of the area.

• Measures will be taken and environment management plan will be implemented to curb

pollution of air, water, land and noise environment.

• Greenbelt development and plantation helps in creating habitats for local faunal species and

to create better environment for various fauna.

• Creating and developing awareness for nature and wildlife in the nearby villages.

4.2.10 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY

Occupational health and safety (OHS) is a multidisciplinary field concerned with the safety, health

and welfare of people at work. The goal of occupational safety and health programs includes

fostering a safe and healthy work environment. OHS may also protect co-workers, family

members, employers, customers, and many others who might be affected by the workplace

environment.

Occupational Health & Safety is based on the following three aspects:-

• Hazard identification





• Risk assessment

• Determination of applicable controls

A Hazard Identification and Risk (HIRA) analysis is a systematic way to identify and analyze

hazards to determine their scope, impact and the vulnerability of the built environment to such

hazards and its purpose is to ensure that there is a formal process for hazard identification, risk

assessment and control to effectively manage hazards that may occur within the workplaces.

Details regarding occupational health hazards as well as mitigation measures have been discussed

as under:

4.2.10.1 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND RELATED DISEASE

The following table depicts the potential effects due to limestone mining.

S. NO. EFFECT SYMPTOMS FIRST AID MEASURES

1. Eyes Contact can cause irritation of

eyes.

Immediately flushing ofeyes with generous

amounts of water. Pulling back of eyelid while

flushing to ensure that all limestone dust has been

washed out. Seeking medical attention promptly if

the initial flushing of the eyes does not remove the

irritant. No rubbing of eyes.

2. Skin Contact can cause mild irritation

of skin.

Brushing off or removing as much dry limestone as

possible. Washing of exposed area with large

amounts of water.

3. Ingestion In large amounts, this material

may cause gastrointestinal

irritation or blockage

No inducing of vomiting. Seeking medical attention

immediately. Not taking anything by mouth unless

medical personnel instruct to do.

4. Inhalation It can cause mild irritation of the

respiratory system. Long-term

exposure may cause permanent

damage. Limestone is not listed

by MSHA, OSHA, or IARC as a

carcinogen. However, It may

contain trace amounts of

crystalline silica in the form of

quartz or crystobalite, which has

been classified by IARC as a

Group I carcinogen to humans

when inhaled. Inhalation of silica

can also cause a chronic lung

disorder, silicosis.

Moving victim to fresh air. Seeking medical

attention.





4.2.10.2 IMPLEMENTATION OF OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY MEASURES

Occupational Health and Safety measures result in improving the conditions under which workers

are employed. It improves not only their physical efficiency but also provides protection to their

life. The following safety measures will be adopted by SMPL:

• Continuous monitoring for compliance of SOPs.

• Recommendations given by Pit Safety Committee will be implemented.

• Suitable measures for publicity and propaganda for safety and occupational health will be

implemented like posters, safety films, etc

• Safety clauses in contract order.

• To depute dedicated safety team

• Medical exam for fitness before employment as per standards in Form P-1 of Mines Rules

1955.

• Periodical medical examination as per Mines Rule 1955- will be done every 5 years as per

standards laid down in Form P.

• The persons working in dusty environment will beexamined every year as per the DGMS

circular No. 01 of 21.01.2010.

• All employees will undergo medical examination as per the recommendation of 10 National

conferences of safety in mines.

• Besides that to avoid any adverse effect on the health of workers due to various pollutants,

sufficient measures relating to safety and health will also be practiced.

• Training of employees for use of safety appliances and first aid in vocational training center

will be given.

• Removal of unsafe conditions and prevention of unsafe acts

• Detailed analysis of each and every incident

• Periodic inspection by internal and external safety experts

• Celebrations of various safety events for awareness

• An effective and clearly audible means of giving warning, in case of fire, to every person are

provided at the site. A free passage–way giving access to each means of escape in case of fire,

will be maintained for the use of all workers.

• Regular maintenance and testing of all equipment as per manufacturers guidelines.

• Close surveillance of the factors in working environment and work practices which may affect

environment and worker’s health.

• Working of mine will be done as per approved mining plan and environmental plans.

• Implementation of comprehensive Hearing Conservation Programs. The hearing

conservation program requires employers to monitor noise exposure levels in a way that

accurately identifies employees exposed to noise at or above 85 decibels (dB) averaged over

8 working hours, or an 8-hour time-weighted average (TWA). Employers must monitor all

employees whose noise exposure is equivalent to or greater than a noise exposure received

in 8 hours where the noise level is constantly 85 dB. Project specific Hearing Conservation

Plan to be prepared covering the aspects of monitoring, testing, evaluation and protection of

noise.





• All safety measures will be taken which includes the use of safety appliances such as:

Mask for protection from dust (DGMS approved design, dust free disposable facial mask

as per IS: 9473)

• Ear Muffs

• Safety Helmets

• Reflective jackets

• Safety Belts

• Leather Hand Gloves

• Safety Shoes

• Knee guard

• Goggles etc.

• Availability of Medical facilities near the mines office and establishment of first aid stations

equipped with first aid boxes in the mine premises.

• Conduction of internal audits and evaluation of legal compliance.

In order to ensure adequate implementation of the OHS measures suggested, SMPL will adhere to

the pre & periodical medical examination program.

4.3 CONCLUSION

As discussed above, it is safe to say that this project will not cause any significant impact on the

environment of the area, as adequate preventive measures will be adopted to contain various

pollutants generated due to the proposed project within permissible limits. Development of Green

belt/Plantation in mined out and around the mining lease boundary will minimize the environment

pollution and improve the aesthetic beauty. Further the development of water reservoir and

Afforestation will remain useful for local community

CHAPTER-V

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)





CHAPTER – V

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (Technology & Site)

5.1 GENERAL

As per EIA Notification dated 14th Sept., 2006; the Chapter on “Analysis of Alternatives

(Technology & Site)” is applicable only, if the same is recommended at the Scoping stage.

As per the ToR points issued by MoEF&CC, New Delhi vide letter no J-11015/114/2015- IA.II (M)

dated 8th June, 2015 for the proposed mining project, the Analysis of Alternatives (Technology &

Site) is not required.

CHAPTER-VI

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME





CHAPTER–VI

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME

6.1 INTRODUCTION

Post Project Monitoring is an essential part to check the impact of project related activity. Hence

monitoring of various environmental parameters will be carried out on a regular basis to ascertain

the following:

Status of Pollution within the mine site and in its vicinity.

To generate data for predictive or corrective purpose in respect of pollution.

To examine the efficiency of pollution control system adopted at the site.

To assess environmental impacts.

Monitoring will be carried out at the site as per the norms of CPCB.

Environmental Monitoring Programme will be conducted for various environmental components

as per conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance Letter issued by MoEFCC & Consent to

Operate issued by SPCB.

Six monthly compliance reports will be submitted every year to Regional Office by 1st of June, & 1st

of December. Quarterly compliance Report for conditions stipulated in Consent to Operate will be

submitted to SPCB on regular basis.

6.2 FORMATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL (EMC)

In order to maintain the environmental quality within the standards, regular monitoring of various

environmental components is necessary. M/s. Springway Mining Pvt. Ltd. (SMPL) will have a full-

fledged Environmental Management Cell (EMC) for environmental monitoring and control. The

EMC team will take care of pollution monitoring aspects and implementation of control measures.

A group of qualified and efficient engineers with technicians will be deputed for maintenance, up

keeping and monitoring the pollution control equipment, to keep them in working at the best of

their efficiencies.

6.2.1 RESPONSIBILITIES OF EMC

The responsibilities of the EMC include the following:

Environmental monitoring.

Commissioning of pollution control equipment.

Specification and regulation of maintenance schedules for pollution control equipment.

Ensuring that standards are maintained.

Developing the Green Belt.

Ensuring water use will be minimized.





6.3 MEASUREMENT METHODOLOGIES

6.3.1 INSTRUMENTS TO BE USED

The following instruments will be used for data collection work in the monitoring schedule:

1. Respirable Dust Sampler (RDS)

2. Fine Particulate Smapler (FPS)

3. Sound Level Meter

4. Micro Meteorological Station

5. Water level indicator

6.3.2 MONITORING PROGRAMME

The post project Monitoring includes details of any major/ minor impact in the core zone and area

within buffer zone for the following parameters: -

Micro - Meteorological data

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Noise Level Monitoring

Water quality and level monitoring

Medical check-up of the employees.

6.3.2.1 MONITORING SCHEDULE

Details of Environmental Monitoring schedule, which will be undertaken for various

environmental components, are detailed below:

TABLE: 6.1

Post Project Monitoring

S. No. DESCRIPTION FREQUENCY OF MONITORING

1. Meteorological Data Daily

2. Ambient Air Quality at mine site Quarterly/ Half Yearly

3. Water Quality Quarterly/ Half Yearly

4. Noise Level Monitoring Quarterly/ Half Yearly

5. Soil Quality Half Yearly/Yearly

6. Socio – economic status of nearby area Yearly

6.3.3 METHODOLOGY ADOPTED

Post project monitoring will be carried out as per conditions stipulated in Environmental Clearance

Letter issued by MoEFCC, Consent issued by SPCB as well as according to CPCB guidelines. The

mine site is considered as core zone and the area lying within 10 km radius from the mine site is

considered as the buffer zone where some impacts may be observed on physical and biological

environment. In the Buffer zone slight impact may be observed and that too it may be occasional.

The following table is showing details of Post Project Monitoring programme:





TABLE: 6.2

POST PROJECT MONITORING PROGRAMME

Attributes Sampling Measurement

Method

Test Procedure

A. Air Environment Network Frequency

Meteorological

• Wind speed

• Wind direction

• Dry bulb

temperature

• Wet bulb

temperature

• Relative humidity

• Rainfall

Minimum 1

at project

site

Regularly in

one season

by Weather

Monitoring

Station

Mechanical/automatic

weather station

-

Pollutants

• PM10

4 locations

at mine

boundary

As per

Revised

National

Ambient Air

Quality

Standards

(NAAQS)

vide MoEF

circular,

dated

16.11.2009

Gravimetric method -

• PM2.5 Gravimetric method -

• SO2 Improved West &

Gaeke method

Absorption in Potassium

Tetra Chloromercurate

followed by Colorimetric

estimation using P-

Rosaniline hydrochloride

and Formaldehyde (IS: 5182

Part - II).

• NO2 Modified Jacob &

Hochheiser (Na-

Arsenite) Method

Absorption in dill NaOH and

then estimated

colorimetrically with

sulphanilamide and N (I-

Nepthyle) Ethylene diamine

Dihydro-chloride and

Hydrogen Peroxide (IS: 5182

Part 6)

B. Water Environment





pH, Turbidity, Colour,

Odour, Taste,

TDS, Total Hardness,

Calcium hardness,

Magnesium hardness,

Chloride, Fluoride,

Sulphate, Nitrates,

Alkalinity,

Iron, Manganese,

Set of

grab

samples

during pre

and post-

monsoon

for ground

water

Diurnal and

Season wise

As per IS 10500-2012 Samples for water quality

should be collected and

analyzed as per: IS: 2488

(Part 1-5) methods for

sampling and testing of

Industrial effluents Standard

methods for examination of

water and wastewater

analysis published by

American Public Health

Association.

C. Noise

Noise levels at Day &

night time -Leq dB (A)

Mine

Boundary,

High noise

generating

areas

within the

lease area

Quarterly /

Half yearly

As per CPCB norms

As per CPCB norms

6.3.4 LOCATIONS OF MONITORING STATIONS

The location of the AAQM monitoring stations are selected on the basis of prevailing micro –

meteorological conditions of the area like; Wind Direction & Wind Speed, Relative Humidity,

Temperature. 4-6 AAQM stations will be selected to assess the ambient air quality of the area.

Noise level is also to be measured in core area as well as study area. Water & Soil monitoring

locations will be decided on the basis of general slope of the area & drainage pattern. Locations

for the post project monitoring are as under.

TABLE: 6.3

LOCATIONS OF MONITORING STATIONS

S. No. Description Location

1. Ambient Air Quality Mine site, Villages in down Wind direction of the mine site

2. Meteorological data Mine site

3. Noise Level Monitoring Mine Boundary, High noise generating areas within the Mine

boundary

4. Water Level & Quality Surface & Ground water sources (Study area)

5. Socio–economic status Study area (on yearly basis)





6.3.5 DATA ANALYSIS

Monitoring data analysis will be done as per CPCB guidelines by laboratory approved under EPA &

shall be submitted to concerned authority (specified in Environment Clearance Letter issued by

MoEF&CC and Consent issued by SPCB) on regular basis.

6.4 DETAILED BUDGET

The budget proposed for this Limestone Mining Project is as follows:

Capital Cost of the Project: Rs. 109 Crore/-

Capital Cost for EMP: Rs. 2.0 Crore/-

Recurring Cost for EMP: Rs 0.50 Crore per annum/-

CHAPTER-VII

ADDITIONAL STUDIES





CHAPTER–VII

ADDITIONAL STUDIES

7.0 INTRODUCTION

As per EIA Notification dated 14th September, 2006, as amended from time to time, the First

Technical Presentation (for ToR approval) for proposed mining project was held before EAC (Non-

Coal Mining), MoEF&CC on 15th May, 2015. The committee has suggested various additional Terms

of References (ToRs) for the preparation of the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report

and Environmental Management Plan (EMP) vide their letter no.- J-11015/114/2015- IA.II (M) dated

8th June, 2015. The additional studies involved in this project activity are Hydro-geological Study &

Rain Water Harvesting Plan, Risk Assessment and Disaster Management Plan.

7.1 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

Public Hearing for Proposed Limestone Mine (M.L. Area- 499.641 ha) with Production Capacity of

4.0 million TPA with installation of crusher 1600 TPH At Village- Kol Karhiya, Tehsil- Pawai, District-

Panna (Madhya Pradesh) by M/s. Springway Mining Pvt Ltd was conducted on 26.04.2019 at

Premises of Govt Panchayat Bhawan, Tehsil Pawai, District Panna, MP.. Details of the Public

Hearing Proceedings are appended herewith.

Particular Description

Advertisement for Public Hearing

Date of Advertisement in Newspapers

Name of Newspapers

24th March, 2019

Dainik Bhaskar, Patrika

24th March, 2019

“Sunday times”

Date/Time of Public Hearing 26th April, 2019 at 11:00 AM

Venue Premises of Govt Panchayat Bhawan, Tehsil Pawai, District

Panna, MP.

Members

I. VS Rai, Regional Officer Sagar from Madhya Pradesh

Pollution Control Board

II. Shri J.P Dhruve, Addl Collector, Panna





7.1.1 PUBLIC HEARING NOTICE FOR LIMESTONE MINE PUBLISHED IN NEWSPAPER DAINIK BHASKAR,

PATRIKA AND SUNDAY TIMES” DATED 24TH MARCH, 2019

FIG. 7.1: PUBLIC HEARING ADVERTISEMENT





7.1.2 PHOTOGRAPHS OF PUBLIC HEARING

FIG. 7.2: PHOTOGRAPHS OF THE PUBLIC HEARING





7.1.3 PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDINGS













































































7.1.4 ENGLISH TRANSLATION OF PUBLIC HEARING PROCEEDINGS

Proceeding of Public hearing held on 26.04.2019 for obtaing Environmental Clearance from

MoEFCC, New delhi for Proposed Limestone Mine (M.L. Area- 499.641 ha) with Production

Capacity of 4.0 million TPA with installation of crusher 1600 TPH At Village- Kol Karhiya, Tehsil-

Pawai, District- Panna (Madhya Pradesh) by M/s. Springway Mining Pvt Ltd.

1. As per provision of EIA Notification S. O. 1533 dated 14.09.2006, public Hearing by M/s. Springway

Mining Pvt Ltd for obtaing Environmental Clearance from MoEFCC, New delhi was conducted on

26.04.2019, Day Friday at 11:00 AM at Premises of Govt Panchayat Bhawan, Tehsil Pawai, District

Panna, MP. Public Hearing were presided by Shri J.P Dhruve, Addl Collector, Panna (MP) in which

VS Rai, Regional Officer Sagar from Madhya Pradesh Pollution Control Board was present as an

Assistant.

2. As per provision of EIA Notification dated 14.09.2006 Advertisement for the Public Hearing held

on 26.04.2019 was published in local newspapers i.e. “Dainik Bhaskar”, “Patrika” and “Sunday

times” on 24.03.2019. EIA/EMP Report of project and executive summary (Hindi & English) and

copy of CD was made available observation prior to one month to Chief Executive Officer, District

Panchayat Panna, Sub divisional Officer (Revenue), Tehsil Pawai, District Panna; General manager,

District business and industry center, panna; Sarpanch, Gram Panchayat Kol Karahiya, Tehsil

Pawai, District Panna and District President, District Panna. Munadi & banner was done by Project

proponent for public information and attendece in public hearing.

3. During public hearing, Shri Vinay Khandelwal, Dy. GM-Mines from Projects Environment consultant

(J.M. EnviroNet Pvt Ltd) and Shri Yatenda Shah from, sr VP & Unit Head of M/s. Springway Mining

Pvt Ltd, other officers of project and local people were present. Attendence sheet of same is

given with PH proceeding.

4. By initiating the proceeding of public hearing, Regional Officer, Madhya Pradesh State Pollution

Control Board, apprised the requirement/process of Public hearing. Thereafter pulic hearing was

started with the permission of Shri J.P Dhruve, Addl Collector, Panna and with permission of

District Collector. Shri Vinay Khandelwal, Dy. GM-Mines from Projects Environment consultant

(J.M. EnviroNet Pvt Ltd) gave the detailed presentation based on draft EIA/EMP Report regarding

the project, which is enclosed as Annexure 1.

5. After presentation given by consultant, Regional Officer, Madhya Pradesh State Pollution Control

Board requested the people presented during Public Hearing to convey their thoughts about the

project. People present in public hearing were encouraged to raise their

issues/objection/suggesstion for the project. Question papers were also distributed to raise issue

in written, as a result 11 questions/objections/suggesstion were received orally and 5

questions/objections/suggesstion were received in written which is enclosed herewith. In this

matter, answers of questions raised by people were given by project proponent and also assured

that work will be done according to public sentiments by the project proponent.

6. Videography and photography of complete public hearing was done. Copy of CD and photographs

enclosed with proceedings. People were informed about summary of every point of public

hearing. At the end, Addl Collector, Panna informed to public by addressing him that all the points





have been noted and will keep in mind and all the records of public hearing will be sent to MoEFCC

for further action and decision will be taken after consultation with Government. Public hearing

ended with thanks by expressing thanks to people attended the public hearing and expressing

their views regarding the public hearing.





7.1.5 PUBLIC HEARING ACTION PLAN ALONG WITH BUDGETORY ALLOCATION (VERBAL COMMENTS)

S. No. Name & Address Activities to be carried out as per the issues raised in

PH Reply

Budgetary allocation

with time frame

1.

Mr. Bhola Patel,

Village Kol

Karahiya, Panna

At what rate our land will be purchased? Reasonable

rate shall be given.

Lands will be purchased at reasonable & proper rates

mutually decided by the company representatives & land

owners and with the consent of land owners.

2. Mr. Siyaram Patel,

Village Devri, Panna

We are unemployed: employment should be given to

us

With the commencement of mining operations there will

be enough opportunity for direct & indirect employment in

which preference will be given to locals based on their

qualification & skill as per the requirement of the

company.

3.

Mr. Param Lal

Patel, Village Kol

Karahiya, Panna

Attenton should be paid for the health of the

farmers. Company should also pay attention on air

pollution.

Under CSR activities of the company, health camps will be

arranged for residents of Kol Karahiya and neighbouring

villages from time to time by inviting competent doctors.

Following among other steps shall be taken to keep

environmental pollution within prescribed norms:

1. Drilling machines with wet drilling arrangements will

be deployed.

2. Controlled blasting and optimum use of explosive will

be done to reduce air pollution.

3. For the machinery & vehicles deployed in mines

proper maintenance of the vehicles will be done.

Condition of vehicles will be checked on regular basis.

Vehicular emissions will be kept under norms. The

emissions level will be monitored regularly.

4. Development of green belt and plantation around

Cost of EMP: Rs 2.0

Crores/- (Capital)

Rs. 0.50 Crores/annum

(Recurring)

Ambulance Van and

medical camps will be

arranged for health





lease boundary, roads and other places checkup of villagers at

Village KolKarhaiya :

Rs. 10.0 Lacs/-

4. Mr. Ashok Soni,

Village Devri, Panna

Company has purchased my land. Opportunity should

be given to me for cultivation on said land

Company has purchased the land for mining work hence

cultivation on that can not be done

5.

Mr. Rakesh Patel,

Village Kol

Karahiya, Panna

We people wish that company should come for

mining and employemnt should be given to us.

As per your willingness & wishes company is ready to start

mining work at the earliest. With the commencement of

mining operations there will be enough opportunity for

direct & indirect employment in which preference will be

given to locals based on their qualification & skill as per the

requirement of the company.

Sponsership for skill

development

programme for

meritable students of

Village Kol Karhaiya:

Rs. 30 lakhs

6.

Mr. Ramsewak

patel, Village Kol

Karahiya, Panna

Presently Environemnt of our area is good. Pollution

may be increased with the start of company’s

operation of the mining. What actions will be taken

by the company on this? Company should pay

attention to provide better arte for land.

Environment of your area will remain good in the future

also and copany is fully committed for this. Company will

take all necessary steps & actions in its work procedures to

control & mitigate the pollution as detailed out in the reply

at Sr. No 3 above.



owners and with the consent of land owners.

7.

Mr. Parshottam

Patel, Village Kol

Karahiya, Panna

Company should take care of health of us all people.

Under CSR activities of the company, health camps will be

arranged for residents of Kol Karahiya and neighbouring

villages, fro time to time by inviting competent doctors.

Required steps shall be taken to keep environmental

pollution within prescribed norms.

Ambulance Van and

medical camps will be

arranged for health

checkup of villagers at

Village KolKarhaiya:

Rs. 10.0 Lacs/-

8. Mr. Dalpat

Prajapati, Village

Company should make aware & inform to local

residents about pollution thorugh banner and poster

Company will publicize and make aware villagers & local

residents through audio visual programmes, banners,

Cost for awareness

programme reg





Kol Karahiya, Panna posters etc and also through talks & lectures of experts on

the pollution matters.

environment

pollution: Rs. 1.0 lacs/-

9.

Mr. Mathura Patel,

Village Kol

Karahiya, Panna

We all person of the village is ready to sale our land

to company at good rate per acre.



owners aand with the consent of land owners.

10.

Mr. Braj Lal Patel,

Village Kol

Karahiya, Panna

Company should not close/suspend its operations &

run away in between and all conditions should be

fulfilled.

Company will be investing hundreds of Crores for the

mining of available limestone reserves in the mine till its

complete life with the help & cooperation of villagers

hence there is no chance of closure of run away and all

conditions agreed will be fulfilled.

11.

Mr. Ramsharan

Patel, Village Kol

Karahiya, Panna

We all villagers are demanding following for

environemnt clearance:

1. What will be done to control measures for

pollution by dust?

2. River flowing nearby shold not be disturbed?

3. Land should be purchased on reasnable rate.

Thereafter ready to sale land.

1. For preventing dust pollution following measures will

be taken:

i. Drilling mahines with wet drilling arrangements will

be deployed.

ii. Controlled blasting and optimum use of explosive

will be done to reduce air pollution.

iii. For the machinery & vehicles deployed in mines

proper maintenance of the vehicles will be done.

Condition of vehicles will be checked on regular

basis. Vehicular emissions will be kept under

norms. The emissions levels will be monitored

regularly.

iv. Development of grrenbelt and plantation around

lease boundary, roads and other places.

2. River flowing nearby will not be disturbed.

3. Land will be purchaased at resonable & proper rates

mutually decided by the company representatives &

Cost of EMP: Rs 2.0

Crores/- (Capital)

Rs. 0.50 Crores/annum

(Recurring)





4. Employment quarantee should be given to each

family.

5. Employment should be given to educated

unemployed person as per their qualifications

6. Road and water should be provided.

7. Decisions of Village committee should be applied

8. Reasonable rate should be given for earlier

purchased land.

land owners and with the consent of land owners.

4. With the commencement of mining operations there

will be enough opportunity for direct & indirect

employment in which preference will be given to

locals based on their qualification & skill as per the


5. Unemployed youth of the village who has passed class

X will be helped to get ITI training and eployment

opportunity to them will be given as per companys

requirement and their skill & qualification.

6. Road & water will be provided for the development of

the area.

7. Company will make consultation with the village

development committee & gram panchayat body and

consider & implement all the reasonable & logical

decisions.

8. Company has purchased lands in the past as per

prevailing market rates in the village with the consent

of land owners as per rules. In future, lands will be

purchased at reasonable & proper rates mutually

decided by the company representatives & land

ownerss and with the consent of land owners.


development

programme for



Rs. 30 lakhs

Maintenance of road

in village Kol Karhaiya:

Rs. 70.0 Lacs

Two handpumps in kol karhaiya village for water: Rs. 2.0 Lacs

Pond deepning and Maintenance for water conservation: Rs. 50.0 Lacs





7.1.6 PUBLIC HEARING ACTION PLAN ALONG WITH BUDGETORY ALLOCATION (WRITTEN COMMENTS)


PH Reply


with time frame

1.

Sarpanch and all

villagers of village

Kol Karahiya

Main points:

We all villagers are demanding following for

environment clearance:

1. Value of land should be provided at good rate per

acre, agreement should be done in place of

regisrty.

2. Employment guarantee should be for every family

3. River should not be changed/disturbed

4. Garden should be developed in the land adjacent

to village.

5. Proper facility of Hospital, school, road, electricity

and water should be arranged in the village.

1. Lands will be purchased at reasonable & proper rates

mutually decided by the company representatives &

land owners and with the consent of land owners.

2. With the commencement of mining operations there

will be enough opportunity for direct & indirect

employment in which preference will be given to locals

based on their qualification & skill as per the


3. River will not be disturbed

4. Greenbelt and plantation around lease boundary, roads

and other places will be done by the company and also

garden will be developed at a suitable location adjacent

to village by consultation with the village development

committee & Gram Panchayat.

5. Company will coordinate with district administration for

providing proper & adequate facilities of hospital,

school, road, electricity, water etc. in the village

Budget for Garden

development: Rs. 50.0

lacs/-






PH Reply


with time frame

6. All the required land for mining should be

purchased in one-go at a predetermined/decided

rate within one year from today.

7. Public Grievance office and Post should be

established in the village only.

8. Operation committee/Village development

committee should be of village people and

important decision should be taken under

direction of it.

9. Village should not be shifted.

10. Some compensation should be given to persons

whose lands are purchased earlier on low rate.

through the District Mineral Foundation Trust Fund.

6. Company will purchase the required lands at

reasonable & proper rates mutually decided by the

company representatives & land owners and with the

consent of land owners at the earliest.

7. For public grievance, concerned villagers should take

up their complaints/matter through the village

development committee and gram panchayat which in

turn take up the matter with company representatives

to redress the issues and solve them amicably.

8. Residential lands of Kol Karahiya Village are not part of

the mining lease hence requirement of shifting the

village will not be there.

9. Company has purchased lands in the past as per

prevailing market rates in the village with the consent

of land owners as per rules. In future lands will be

purchased at reasonable & proper rates mutually

decided by the company representatives & land owners

and with the consent of land owners.

Computer and

education facilities

will be provided to

school of Village

KolKarhaiya for

improvement of

education level:Rs. 5.0

Lac

Maintenance of road

in village Kol Karhaiya:

Rs. 70.0 Lacs/-

2.

Mr. Ashok Soni,

Village Kol

Karahiya, Panna

I had sold my land to company, now this land is

cultivated by few workers. Hence requested that

land possession should be of company otherwise I

Any such incident might have happened with earlier

purchased land as the mining operation is still not

commenced but as soon as the mining work will start all






PH Reply


with time frame

self will be used that land. such lands will be taken in possession of the company at

the earliest.

3.

Mr. Bhagwat Patel,

Village Kol

Karahiya, Panna

Factory should come

As per your willingness and wishes, we are ready to

commence the factory/mining at the earliest

4.

Mr. Tulsi Sahu,

Village Kol

Karahiya, Panna

We want factory and we want employment

As per your willingness and wishes, we are ready to

commence the factory/mining at the earliest. With the

commencement of mining operations there will be enough

opportunity for direct and indirect employment in which

preference will be given to locals based on their


company.

5.

Mr. Bhola Chamar,

Village Kol

Karahiya, Panna

We want employment, we want factory

With the commencement of mining operations there will

be enough opportunity for direct & indirect employment

in which preference will be given to locals based on their


company. As per your willingness & wishes, we are ready

to commence the factory/mining at the earliest.


development

programme for



Rs. 30 lakhs





7.2 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN

7.2.1 DEFINITION

A major emergency in a work is one, which has the intensity to cause serious injury or loss of life. It

may cause extensive damage to property and serious disruption both inside and outside the work.

It would normally require the assistance of emergency services to handle it effectively.

Emergency may be caused by a number of different factors; it will normally manifest itself in two

basic forms, viz fire, explosion or toxic release.

7.2.2 SCOPE

An important element of mitigation is emergency planning i.e. recognizing that accidents are

possible, assessing the consequences of such accidents and deciding on the emergency

procedures, both on site and off site that would need to be implemented in the event of an

emergency.

Emergency planning is just one aspect of safety and cannot be considered in isolation.

7.2.3 OBJECTIVE

The objective of on- site Disaster Management Plan for the captive mine is to be in a state of

perpetual readiness through training and development to immediately control and arrest any

emergency situation so as to avert a full- fledged disaster and the consequence of human and

property damage and in the event of a disaster still occurring, to manage the same so that the risk

of the damage to life and property is minimized.

SMPL will make a document elaborating the procedure for Emergency Preparedness &

Responses. The emergency situations arising out of the situations as defined in the clause will be

addressed in the document.

The salient features are elaborated as below:

• Emergency Response Organization

• Communication System

• Action on the site

• Facilities available at site

• Medical treatment for injured personnel

Emergency Response Organization

The key person of the mine will be responsible for co- ordination in case of emergency situated in

any section of the mine as given in table below.

Table- 7.1

Key Personnel and their Responsibility

Person Responsibility

Mines Manager Site Controller

Shift In charge/ Section In charge Accident Controller/ Communication officer

Employee who gives the first information about the

incident/ accident

Primary Controller





P & A Deptt. (HOD) Liaison officer

The appointment of all the key personnel i.e. Site Controller, Accident Controller/ Communication

Officer, Primary Controller and Liaison Officer will be taken up after the execution of mining lease

and will be intimated to IBM, DGMS and other concerned authorities as per statute.

Site Controller

The Site Controller has an overall responsibility for controlling the incident/ accident and directing

the personnel.

To prepare a foolproof plan for control of accident like landslides, subsidence, flood, fire and

other natural calamities.

To inform statutory bodies of the State and Central Government. To inform Communication

Officer about the emergency, Control Centre and assembly point.

To provide all assistance and call for Fire Squad, Security Officer and other services required for

removing/ control of danger.

To ensure that all necessary personnel assemble at assembly point.

Make arrangements for medical treatment to the personnel injured.

Accident Controller

Mock rehearsal of management plan prepared for accident.

To withdraw men/ machines from the affected area with priority for safety of personnel,

minimize damage to the machines, environment and loss of material.

To make a report based on the facts and figures and submit to the Site Controller.

To communicate to the Site In charge and make arrangement for transportation of the injured

personnel.

Primary Controller

To inform the Accident Controller/ Shift In charge from the nearest means of communication

about the location and the nature of accident.

To assist in clearing any obstruction in relief of accident.

To carry out all instructions of Accident Controller.

To provide first aid treatment and communicate to the Shift In charge.

Capability of Lessee: Following facilities will be available at SMPL Proposed Mine and Cement

Plant-

• First Aid Room

• Public Address System, Telephones/ Mobile handsets

• Emergency alarm

• Fire fighting equipment & accessories with trained manpower

• Dispensary with medical personnel within colony area

• Training centre

• Fire tender

• Ambulance van





• Jeeps

Facilities available outside proposed SMPL plant-

• Government Hospital, Panna

• Government Hospitals at District- Damoh and Katni

• Police station at Gaisabad and District HQ Panna

• Fire station at Panna

As per Risk Assessment studies, the possibility of “Offsite” emergency situation is ruled out as the

mine is not likely to pose any off- site emergency, hence does not call for any preparation of an

off- site emergency plan.

Further, the residential quarters and living areas will be in the plant premises close to the mine.

However, considering extreme situation, district authority including police would be informed

about any off- site emergency, if situation so arises.

The Bearma river is flowing towards south, west and north of M.L. area and an important on- site

risk that may arise due to flooding of the river is inundation of mine. The inundation hazard can

involve the existence of the following:

• Significant quantities of flood water entering into the mine.

• Surface wash- off from the dump areas.

• Flow of natural and man- made structure or machinery.

• Loss of life.

In order to restrict the flow of surface water into the mining pit or dump yard areas, an

embankment of width varying from 9 m to 24 m according to the topography of the area with its

top level being 322 m AMSL around the area proposed for mining operation as well as temporary

dumps are proposed to be constructed. The embankment will be constructed from the

overburden comprising of clay, shale and upper shaly limestone generated during excavation of

the mining area. The HFL in the area is reported to be 318 m AMSL in the area and since the top

level of proposed embankment is 322 m AMSL i.e. 4 m above the HFL, thus the surface water from

nearby sources will not enter into the quarry.

In case of warning for flooding in the Bearma river by government authorities, continuous

monitoring of the water level in Bearma river will be done and prior to any emergency, the mining

machinery will be sent to safe places, mining operations during the period will be suspended and

nobody will be allowed to enter in the mining area.

7.2.4 IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDS

The possibility of the following may be there for such projects:

(a) Fire associated with storage of combustible material, lubricants, oil. Fire in magazine premises

and nearby area.

(b) Accidents in the mine

To deal with the above emergencies, the Emergency Plan is prepared.





7.2.4.1 DISASTER DUE TO SURFACE FIRE

The fire could be a surface fire. Such case has so far not been reported. Likewise equipment

sometimes catches fire which needs to be dealt.

Code of Practice in Case of Fire at Mines

Objective:

To deal with fire efficiently and quickly at different locations of mine.

Source of Fire:

i) Electrical Sub Station.

ii) Oil & Lubricant Room.

iii) Mine machineries.

Line of Action:

i) Sufficient fire extinguishers will be installed at selected locations on site. Besides, number of

water hydrants with sufficient length of hosepipes will be made available at the surface for fire

protection.

ii) Fire extinguisher will be provided all HEMM.

iii) Any person notices any sign of fire shall immediately take steps to give warning by blowing the

siren continuously and take steps to extinguish the fire by using appliances available near the site.

iv) Duties of mine Official: - The Mine officials receiving the warning will forthwith inform at following

places:

a) Fire fighting station

b) Security main gate

c) Mines Manager

d) Mines Agent / Owner

After intimation he should reach the spot, remove Men & Machinery and take steps to tackle the

fire in accordance with the fire fighting instructions. Inform the security office to get an

Ambulance if required.

a) Duties of Fire Fighting Team: - On receiving warning, the team shall reach the site of fire and

depending on its nature, class and extent shall take steps to extinguish it and rescue persons

who may be caught in fire.

b) Duties of Mines Manager: -

(i) On receipt of information about fire, the Manager will forthwith rush to the spot and assess

the situation. He will oversee the overall rescue operation and make necessary arrangement

for medical aid to the affected persons, if any.

(ii) Inform the management and statutory bodies.

7.2.4.2 CODE OF PRACTICE IN CASE OF EXPLOSION & ACCIDENTS

Objective

To deal with accidents efficiently and quickly.

Line of Action





Any person, who notices any explosion or accident, should immediately take steps to give warning

by suitable mean and at the same time take necessary action for withdrawal of men from the site.

He shall also inform the mine’s Manager and other officials without any delay.

Duties of Mine’s Manager

(a) On receipt of information about explosion or accident, the manager shall forthwith rush to

the spot and take necessary actions. He shall make the arrangements for withdrawal of

affected persons, if any.

(b) Inform the hospital for Ambulance for affected persons, if any.

(c) Provide First aid to affected persons.

(d) Inform the senior officials and statutory bodies.

7.2.4.3 ACTION IN EMERGENCY

If any emergency like fire arises in the mine one should immediately inform to Security Supervisor.

Security will inform key personnel and act as detailed above and consequently inform to CCR for

broad announcement by Public Address System and to blow the Alarm if CCR is not affected itself.

The emergency alarm will be wailing sound for two minutes on hearing telephone or alarm; the

key personnel will act as per responsibilities. The procedure for all emergency situations as

mentioned above would be same.

7.2.4.4 SITE RESTORATION

The incident controller will check the areas thoroughly for possible hazards such as toxic fume or

live wires after emergency and will inform site controller accordingly.

The key personnel will meet to evaluate their individuals and overall performance in responding to

situation after the emergency is over. The review shall determine.

Effectiveness of emergency response plan.

Mine crew performance.

Any need for updating or revision of the emergency response plan.

Suitable arrangement for restart of the work.

Evaluation and control of efficient arising out of mitigating measures like foam discharge &

overflow of oil in water.

Rehabilitate evacuated area.

Adopt measures to prevent similar recurrence.

7.2.4.5 PRECAUTIONS

To avoid all these disasters at working place and to minimize their effects following precautions

shall be taken and arrangement shall be made at the working place.

(i) Preventive & periodical maintenance of mine machineries.

(ii) The persons shall be trained properly to handle the situation.

(iii) Detailed warning system, implementation procedure, emergency control centre, shall be

maintained at the mine with names of trained persons.

(iv) Details and availability of heavy machinery, fire-fighting equipment shall be available at the site.





(v) Proper arrangements shall be made for treatment of injured person, if any.

(vi) All the safety equipment shall be available at the mine.

7.2.4.6 POST DISASTER ANALYSIS AND EVALUATION

When the emergency is over, the team will carry out a detailed analysis of cause of

accident/occurrence, evaluate the influence of various factors and find out the procedures to

minimize them in future. At the same time adequacy of disaster management plan shall be

evaluated and shortcomings shall be rectified to improve the plan.

7.2.5 OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLANNING

7.2.5.1 INTRODUCTION

The off-site emergency plan is an integral part of any hazard control system. It would be based on

those accidents identified by the management, which could affect people and the environment

outside the works. Thus, the off-site plan follows logically from the analysis that took place to

provide the basis for the on-site plan and the two plans should therefore complement each other.

The key feature of a good off-site emergency plan is flexibility in its application to emergencies

other than those specifically included in the formation of the plan. The roles of the various parties

that may be involved in the implementation of an off-site plan are described below. The

responsibility for the off-site plan will rest either with the works management or with the local

authority.

Either way, the plan must identify an emergency coordinating officer who would take overall

command of the off-site activities. As with the on-site plan, an emergency control center will be

required within which the emergency coordinating officer can operate. An early decision will be

required in many cases on the advice to be given to people living “within range” of the accident –

in particular whether they should be evacuated or told to go indoors. Consideration of evacuation

may include the following factors:

a. In the case of a major fire but without explosion risk (e.g. an oil storage tank), only houses

close to the fire are likely to need evacuation, although a severe smoke hazard may require

this to be reviewed periodically.

b. But if the fire is escalating it might be necessary to evacuate people nearby, but only if there is

time; if insufficient time exists, people would be advised to stay indoors and shield

themselves from the fire.

7.2.5.2 ASPECTS TO BE INCLUDED IN AN OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN

Some of the aspects to be included in off-site emergency plan are as follows:

a) Organization

Details of command structure, warning systems, implementation procedures, emergency

control centers, name and appointments of incident controller, site main controller, their

deputies and other key personnel.

b) Communications





Identification of personnel involved, communication center, call signs, network, list of

telephone numbers.

c) Special Emergency Equipment

Details of availability and location of heavy lifting gear, bulldozers, specified fire-fighting

equipment, fireboats.

d) Voluntary Organizations

Details of organizers, telephone numbers, resources, etc.

e) Meteorological information

Arrangements for obtaining details of weather conditions prevailing at the time and weather

forecasts will be made.

f) Humanitarian Arrangements

Transport, evacuation centers, emergency feeding, treatment of injured, first aid, ambulances,

temporary mortuaries.

g) Public Information

Arrangements for: -

(i) Dealing with the media-press office

(ii) Informing relatives, etc.

h) Assessment

Arrangements for: -

(i) Collecting information on the causes of the emergency

(ii) Reviewing the efficiency and effectiveness of all aspects of the emergency plan.

7.2.5.3 ROLE OF THE EMERGENCY COORDINATING OFFICER

The various emergency services will be coordinated by an Emergency Coordinating Officer (ECO)

who is likely to be a senior police officer but, depending on the circumstances, could be a senior

fire officer. The ECO will liaise closely with the site main controller. Again depending on local

arrangements, for very severe incidents with major or prolonged off-site consequences, the

external control may pass to a senior local authority administrator or even an administrator

appointed by the Central or State Government.

7.2.5.4 ROLE OF MINE MANAGEMENT

Where the local authority has the organization to formulate the plan, the role of mine

management in off-site emergency planning will be to establish liaison with those preparing the

plans and to provide information appropriate to such plans. This will include a description of

possible on-site accidents with potential for off-site harm, together with their consequences and

an indication of the relative likelihood of the accidents.

Advice should be provided by mine management to all the outside organizations which may

become involved in handling the emergency off-site and which will need previously to have





familiarized themselves with some of the technical aspects of the mine activities, e.g. emergency

services, medical departments, etc.

7.2.5.5 ROLE OF THE LOCAL AUTHORITY

In some places the duty to prepare the off-site plan lies with the local authorities. They may have

appointed an emergency planning officer (EPO) to carry out all this duty as part of the EPO’s roles

in preparing for a whole range of different emergencies within the local authority area. The EPO

will need to liaise with the mine to obtain the information to provide the basis for the plan.

Rehearsals for off-site plans are important for the same reasons as on-site plans and will need to

be organized by the EPO.

7.2.5.6 ROLE OF THE POLICE

The police normally assume the overall control of an emergency, with a senior officer designated

as emergency coordinating officer.

Formal duties of the police during an emergency include protecting life and property and

controlling traffic movements.

The functions include controlling bystanders, evacuating the public, identifying the dead and

dealing with casualties and informing relatives of dead or injured.

7.2.5.7 ROLE OF THE FIRE AUTHORITIES

The control of a fire is normally the responsibility of the senior fire brigade officer who would take

over the handling of the fire from the site incident controller on arrival at the site. The senior fire

brigade officer may also have a similar responsibility for other events. Fire authorities having

major hazard works in their area should have familiarized themselves with the location on site of

all stores of flammable materials, water and foam supply points and fire-fighting equipments.

7.2.5.8 ROLE OF THE HEALTH AUTHORITIES

Health authorities, including doctors, surgeons, hospitals, ambulances and so on, have a vital part

to play following a major accident and they should form an integral part of any emergency plan.

For major fires, injuries will be the result of the effects of thermal radiation to a varying degree

and the knowledge and experience to handle this in all, but extreme cases may be generally

available in most hospitals.

7.2.5.9 ROLES OF THE GOVERNMENT SAFETY AUTHORITY

The Inspectors of Director General of Mines Safety would like to satisfy themselves that the

organization responsible for safety & risk management including the off-site plan has made

adequate arrangements for handling emergencies of all types including major emergencies.

A major emergency in a work is one, which has the intensity to cause serious injury or loss of life. It

may cause extensive damage to property and serious disruption both inside and outside the work.

It would normally require the assistance of emergency services to handle it effectively.

Emergency may be caused by a number of different factors; it will normally manifest itself in two

basic forms, viz fire, explosion or toxic release.





7.3 HYDROGEOLOGY STUDY AND RAINWATER HARVESTING

Due to hard, crystalline and chemically resistant nature of limestone the water stored in the

mining pit remains unpolluted and free from any toxic constituents. The overburden mostly

composed of black cotton soil/clayey alluvial material also does not contribute any pollutants

from its waste.

There is no possibility of any land subsidence due to mining as the rocks are hard, compact,

impervious and crystalline, which can withstand on its own. Apart from that, there is no

pumping for groundwater extraction.

During present mining plan period, mineral availability and depth of mine working will go up

to 34 m bgl in present plan period and up to 58 m in conceptual period. Hence, there is every

possibility of groundwater table intersection by mine workings.

General ground level is 316 mRL and at present, no groundwater seepage will occur in pre and

post monsoon season. As per the calculations based on Darcy law, groundwater seepage shall

be 10,524 cum/annum in first year, 23,090 cum/annum in second year, 43,163 cum/annum in

third year, 54,218 cum/annum in fourth year and 82,782 cum/annum in fifth year respectively.

During five year mining plan period, total seepage shall be approximately 2,13,778 cum.

As mining progresses with time, rainwater will get accumulated in excavated pits which work

out to be of the order of 1.18 mcm/annum. The daily water availability shall be minimum 134

cubic meters in 1st year and maximum 547 cubic meters in 5th year respectively.

Total groundwater availability (Due to rainwater accumulation in mine pits + mine seepage) is

about 1.39 mcm whereas total groundwater draft within core zone (Water requirement for

mine) works out to be 0.17 mcm. Surplus groundwater available would be of the order of 1.23

mcm. Therefore, a positive impact on groundwater regime of the area has been envisaged

due to mining activities.

Detailed hydro-geological study is enclosed as Annexure VIII with this Final EIA/EMP report.

CHAPTER-VIII

PROJECT BENEFITS





CHAPTER–VIII

PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1 INTRODUCTION

M/s. Springway Mining Pvt. (SMPL) has proposed has proposed Limestone Mine (M.L. Area:

499.641 ha) with production capacity of 4.0 million TPA with installation of crusher 1600 TPH.

The company is conscious of its obligations to society at large. The company will contribute in

overall socio economic development of the area.

As per ToR Point no. 43, benefits of the project clearly indicating the environmental, social,

economic, employment potential etc are to be spelt out.

8.2 ENVIRONMENTAL BENEFITS: Proposed project will be beneficial for environment in following

ways:

At the conceptual stage, out of total excavated area (340.63 ha), 94.94 ha area will be

converted into water reservoir. The development of water reservoir will increase the

availability of surface water in the area. Water stored in reservoirs can also be used by the

villagers for other purposes like agriculture etc.

Out of total area, about 349.38 ha area will be covered by Greenbelt/plantation/agriculture

which will increase bio diversity and green belt in the area.

Hence conceptual land use will present a better land use of the Area.

8.3 SOCIAL BENEFITS:

Proposed project will result in growth of the surrounding areas by increased direct and indirect

employment opportunities in the region including ancillary development and supporting

infrastructure. Besides this, Royalty and other taxes would be additional benefit and it will be

utilized by local administration for the development of socio-economic infrastructure and well

being of the local population. The various activities proposed through CER (Corporate

Environment Responsibility) would help in upgradation of basic infrastructure, amenities.

8.4 EMPLOYMENT BENEFITS

The project will have positive direct and indirect employment. Manpower is required for mining

operations and other mining related activities such as transportation, day to day operations etc.

Further, additional employment opportunities will be generated.

The total manpower required for the proposed mining project will be around 86 persons.

Preference will be given to the local people for employment based on their qualification and

eligibility in the mines.





8.5 ECONOMIC BENEFITS

The proposed project will contribute additional revenue to the State and Central Govt. in the form

of royalty, cess and other taxes etc.

TABLE – 8.1

Economic Benefits of the Project (in mining lease period)

S.NO. DESCRIPTION Rs (Cr)

1. Royalty @ Rs 80/- Per Ton (Present / prevailing Rate) 973.52

2. District Mineral Foundation @ 30% of the Royalty 292.052

3. National Mineral Exploration Trust@ 2% of the Royalty 19.47

Total 1258.042

Revenue generation per year (@ 4.0 Million TPA)

8.6 CORPORATE ENVIRONEMNT RESPONSIBILITY (CER)

The proposed project will help in improving the socio-economic status of the near-by villages by

generating direct or indirect employment opportunities. The project will also induce the

development of ancillary and related small-scale industries in the adjoining areas.

The project will contribute additional revenue to the State and Central Govt. in the form of royalty,

cess and other taxes etc. Job opportunities to the local people will improve the earning and

spending capacity of the people. The people in area will be able to utilize improved facilities with

regard to education, health care, hygiene, recreational opportunities, small business opportunities

etc.

The Company has allocated Rs 2.18 Crores towards CER activities for the proposed mining project

as per MoEFCC OM No 22-65/2017-IA.II (M) dated 1st May, 2018. CER activities will be carried out

based on issues raised during public hearing. Break up of CER is given as per below:

TABLE – 8.2

Break up of CER Budget

S. No. Area of CER activity Budget

(Rs in Lakhs)

1. Ambulance Van and medical camps will be arranged for health checkup of villagers at Village Kol Karhaiya

10.0

2. Computer and education facilities will be provided to school of Village KolKarhaiya for improvement of education level.

5.0

Cost for awareness programme reg environment pollution 1.0

3. Two handpumps in village KolKarhaiya will be established for water source.

Pond deepning and Maintenance for water conservation

2.0

50.0

4. Maintenance of road in village Kol Karhaiya 70.0

5. Sponsership for skill development programme for meritable students of Village Kol Karhaiya

30.0

6. Budget for Garden development in Village Kol Karhaiya 50.0

Total 218.0





8.7 CONCLUSION

The project activity and the management will provide assistance for the development of public

amenities in the region.

The mine management will recruit semi-skilled & unskilled eligible workers from the nearby

villages depending upon requirement in the mines and the eligibility, qualification and experience

of local persons.

The overall effect will result in higher standard of living viz. better education, improved health and

sanitation facilities, housing and acquisition of consumer durables. Housing, transport, medical,

educational and other civic amenities will get improved in the future. This is envisaged as a major

positive benefit.

CHAPTER-IX

ENVIRONMENT COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS





CHAPTER–IX

ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

9.0 ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

As per EIA Notification dated 14th Sept., 2006, as amended from time to time, the Chapter on the

‘Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis’ is applicable only if the same is recommended at the

Scoping stage.

As per the ToR points issued by MoEF&CC, New Delhi vide letter no.- J-11015/114/2015- IA.II (M)

dated 8th June, 2015; for the proposed project activity, the ‘Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis’ is

not prescribed.

CHAPTER-X

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN





CHAPTER – X

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 INTRODUCTION

The environmental management plan (EMP) is required to minimize adverse environmental

impacts by implementing suggested mitigation measures with timelines and responsibilities

during the project life cycle. An environmental management system (EMS) is a dynamic,

continuous process initiated by management and involving communication between the client, its

workers, and the local communities directly affected by the project. Drawing on the elements of

the established business management process of “plan, implement, check and Act (Management

review)” the system entails the thorough assessment of potential environmental, social impacts

and risks from the projects. EMS provides order and consistency for mitigating and managing

these on an ongoing basis.

10.2 ELEMENTS OF EMP

EMP includes four major elements: -

1. Planning: This includes identification of environmental impacts, legal requirement,

commitments and policies, setting environmental objectives and environment, health, safety

and social compliance requirements;

2. Implementation: This comprises of resources available for the project, accountability of

employees , contractors and documentation of measures to be taken ;

3. Checking: Measurement & Evaluation: This includes regular inspection, audits, monitoring

corrective actions and record keeping ; and

4. Management Review: Actions are taken to continually improve the environment, health,

safety, and social performance of the organization.

The following Policy & programs have been developed to ensure proper implementation of EMP

for the proposed mining project:

Formulating Corporate Environment Policy (CEP)

Formation of Environment Management Cell (EMC)

Greenbelt Development /plantation programme

Occupational Health and Safety

Budgeting of Environmental mitigation measures

10.3 CORPORATE ENVIRONMENT POLICY

Corporate Environment Policy (CEP) has been formulated and adopted by the Board of Directors

of SMPL. to provide a framework to become an environmentally sustainable company. The

hierarchical system or administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues

and for ensuring compliance with the EC conditions etc. has been given in the Environmental

Policy of the company. Copy of CEP has been given in this Final EIA/EMP report as Annexure II.





10.4 FORMATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL (EMC)

In order to maintain the environmental quality within the standards, regular inspections, audits &

monitoring of various environmental components is necessary. Environmental Management Cell

(EMC) of SMPL will carry environmental monitoring and control. The EMC team will be responsible

for pollution monitoring aspects and implementation of control measures as discussed in Chapter

II & IV of this Final EIA/EMP Report.

A group of qualified and efficient engineers with technicians will be deputed for maintenance, up

keeping and monitoring the pollution control equipment, to keep them in working mode at the

best of their efficiencies. The Organizational structure of EMC is given below:

Figure no. 10.1 (Structure of EMC)

10.4.1 RESPONSIBILITIES OF EMC

The responsibilities of the EMC include the following:

Environmental monitoring.

Procurement and commissioning of Pollution Control and Monitoring Equipment

Specification and regulation of maintenance schedules for pollution control equipment.

Ensuring that prescribed standards are maintained.

Ensuring optimum water usage.

Implementation of the mitigation measures suggested in EIA/EMP Report.

Ensuring development of greenbelt development & its maintenance.

10.5 GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT & PLANTATION PROGRAMME

Greenbelt development programme has been designed for preventing the soil erosion, improving

the greenery and aesthetic beauty of the area. While selection of species, care will be taken so as

the developed forest will remain useful for habitations. About 315.53 ha area will be under

greenbelt/Plantation/agriculture at the conceptual stage.

Greenbelt development and plantation is necessary:





1. To check soil erosion

2. Landscaping and providing shelter

3. Improvement in aesthetic environment of site

4. Air purification by generation of oxygen and allowing PM to settle on the leaves.

5. To attenuate noise generated by movement of vehicles and other machinery.

10.5.1 GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

i. Trees growing up to 5 m or more in height will be planted around the installation.

ii. Plantation of trees will be done along road side and mine office.

iii. Trees will be planted along roadsides, to arrest auto-exhaust and noise pollution, and in such

a way that there is no direct line of sight to the mine when viewed from a point outside the

foliage perimeter.

iv. Since tree trunks are normally devoid of foliage (upto 3 m), it is appropriate to have shrubbery

in form of such trees to give coverage to trunk portion of these trees.

v. Fast growing trees with thick perennial foliage will be grown, as it takes many years for trees

to grow to their full height.

SMPL will raise greenbelt all along the lease periphery etc.

The following characteristics have been taken into consideration while selecting plant species for

green belt development and tree plantation.

I. Local, indigenous and drought resistant species.

II. Fast growing and tall trees.

III. Perennial and evergreen.

IV. Thick canopy cover.

V. Trees are selected so as to maintain regional ecological balance and conform to soil and

hydrological conditions.

VI. Plantation will be done as per guidelines.

10.5.2 PLANTATION PROGRAMME

Table- 10.1

Phase wise Plan of greenbelt development (On Lease Boundary)

Period Nature of plantation Area (ha) No. of trees

1st Year Greenbelt 2.00 3000

2nd year Greenbelt 2.00 3000

3rd year Greenbelt 2.00 3000

4th year Greenbelt 2.00 3000

5th year Greenbelt/Plantation 2.00 3000

6th year to 10th year Greenbelt/Plantation 30.00 45000







21st year to 25th year Greenbelt/Plantation 30.00 45000

26th Year to end of life of mine Greenbelt/Plantation 48.64 73000

Total 178.64 268000

Reference: Approved Mining Plan with Progressive Mine Closure Plan (Pg 73)

10.5.3 SPECIES SELECTION FOR GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT

The plants and saplings suitable for the existing soil and site conditions will be considered.

Preference will be given for fast growing local plant species, which can adapt to the local climate.

Some fruit bearing & native Species proposed for greenbelt development are Mango (Mangifera

indica), Jamun (Syzygium cumini), Khair (Acacia catechu), Kaner (Nerium indicum), Gum arabic tree

(Acacia Senegal), Sitaphal (Annona Squamosa), Gugal (Commiphora wightii), Shatut (Morus alba),

Neem (Azadirachta indica), Pipal (Ficus religiosa) in consultation with local Forest Dept. & as per

guidelines.

10.5.4 PLANTATION PROGRAMME

It is planned to develop greenbelt in 10 ha towards east of

Pit A during the plan period. During the conceptual period, after reclamation of the exploited pit

as per the scheme of reclamation, plantation will be carried out till conceptual stage. The

horticulturist will take care of greenbelt and afforestation. The programme of yearwise

plantation (@1500 plants/ ha) for the plan period and during the conceptual period is tentatively

given in table below.

TABLE: 10.2

Ecology: Stage Wise Cumulative Plantation/Greenbelt

Year

Un-worked Area Waste Dump Backfilled Area Bench Slope

Afforestation Total

Area

(ha)

No. of

Trees

Area

(ha)

No. of

Trees

Area

(ha)

No. of

Trees

Area

(ha)

No. of

Trees

Area

(ha)

No. of

Trees

Existing - - - - - - - - - -

I 2.0 3000 - - - - - - 2.0 3000

II 2.0 3000 - - - - - - 2.0 3000

III 2.0 3000 - - - - - - 2.0 3000

IV 2.0 3000 - - - - - - 2.0 3000

V 2.0 3000 - - 5.72 8580 - - 7.72 11580

VIth year

Onwards 93.69 140535 - - 65.38 98070 3.85 5775 162.92 244380

Total 103.69 155535 - - 71.1 106650 3.85 5775 178.64 267960

Source: Approved Mining Plan and Progressive Mine Closure Plan

Species proposed for greenbelt development are Neem (Azadiracta indica), Pipal (Ficus religiosa),

Amaltas (Cassia fistula), Gulmohar (Delonix regia), Bargad (Ficus benghalensis), Khejri (Prosopis





cinerea) etc. and for plantation are Neem (Azadiracta indica), Pipal (Ficus religiosa), Ber (Ziziphus

mauritiana), Babool (Acacia nilotica) etc.

At the end of the life of mine out of the total M.L. area i.e. 499.641 ha, 315.53 ha land will be

covered under green belt & plantation (71.1 ha on backfilled area, 3.85 ha bench slope

afforestation and 103.69 ha on un- worked area at different locations i.e. non-mineralized zone;

green belt all along the mining lease boundary, quarry edge, roads, crushing plant, office,

workshop etc.) and 136.89 ha area under agriculture purpose. The plantation will be done @

approx. 1500 trees per ha of land.

10.6 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY

Occupational health and safety (OHS) is a multidisciplinary field concerned with the safety, health

and welfare of people at work. The goal of occupational safety and health programs includes

fostering a safe and healthy work environment. OHS may also protect co-workers, family

members, employers, customers, and many others who might be affected by the workplace

environment.

Occupational Health & Safety is based on the following three aspects:-

• Hazard identification

• Risk assessment

• Determination of applicable controls

A Hazard Identification and Risk (HIRA) Analysis is a systematic way to identify and analyze

hazards to determine their scope, impact and the vulnerability of the built environment to such

hazards and its purpose is to ensure that there is a formal process for hazard identification, risk

assessment and control to effectively manage hazards that may occur within the workplaces.

Details regarding occupational health hazards as well as mitigation measures have been discussed

in Chapter IV of this Final EIA/EMP Report.

In order to ensure adequate implementation of the OHS measures suggested, SMPL will adhere to

the pre placement & periodical medical examination program. Details of the same are given as

under:

10.6.1 PRE PLACEMENT & PERIODICAL MEDICAL EXAMINATION SCHEDULE

Ideally, the pre-employment medical examination (also referred to as a pre-placement

examination) strives to place and maintain employees in an occupational environment adapted to

their physiological and psychological capacities. The goal of the pre-employment examination is to

determine whether an individual is fit to perform his or her job without risk to himself or others.

This is also conceptualized within the practice of occupational medicine – it is assumed that the

examiner is required to have detailed knowledge of both working and health conditions.

Parameters to be monitored:

The fresh employees when taken are thoroughly medically examined under initial medical

examination and thereafter during continuation of employment; the periodic medical examination

will be done suggested by DGMS. The medical examination includes the following parameters -

Height, weight, body mass index (BMI)

Cardiovascular examination (heart check, blood pressure, pulse)





Full musculoskeletal examination including comprehensive range of movement

Central nervous system examination

Examination for hernias and other abdominal abnormalities

Urinalysis for diabetes or kidney / bladder disorders

Respiratory examination

Vision assessment including color blindness

Fitness to work medicals

Drivers Medicals

Instant testing for drugs and Alcohol

Spirometry - (Lung Function Test)

Audiometry (Hearing Test)

Vision tests, color vision

ECG

CXR (Chest Radiograph)

Blood glucose

The medical records of the employees will be maintained. Under initial vocational training, the

workers will be given training related to all safety and health aspects pertaining to their vocation

and thereafter, special training courses/ awareness programme for Malaria eradication, STDs and

health effects on exposure to mineral dust will be organized regularly for employed persons as

well as for nearby villagers.

Frequency of Medical Examination

a. Pre Placement Medical examination: Prior to joining

b. Periodical Medical examination:

• Age of workers < 45 years: After every 5 years

• Age of workers > 45 years: After every 3 years

Budget for implementation of Occupational Health & safety measures & medical examination has

been given in table no. 10.1 of this chapter.

10.7 DETAILED BUDGET FOR EMP

The budget proposed for this Limestone Mining Project is as follows:

Capital Cost of the Project: Rs. 109 Crore/-

Capital Cost for EMP: Rs. 2.0 Crore/-

Recurring Cost for EMP: Rs 0.50 Crore per annum/-

Detailed breakup of EMP cost is given below:





TABLE: 10.3

Break up of EMP Cost (Rs. In Lacs)

S. No. Particular Capital cost Annual recurring cost

Existing Proposed Existing Proposed

1 Pollution Control*

(Separately provide break-up)

- 50 - 12.5

2 Pollution Monitoring#

(Separately provide break-up)

- 35 - 8.75

3 Occupational Health -- 20 - 5.0

4 Green Belt

• Mine

• Township)

- 50 - 12.5

5 Garland drain, Earthen bund retaining wall,

and other surface runoff management

structures, RWH

- 25 - 6.25

6 Others (specify) - 20 - 5.0

Total - 200.0 - 50.0

*Capital outlay on pollution control measures are given below:

TABLE: 10.4

Break up of Cost for pollution control measures

Sr.No. ITEM CAPITAL COST (Rs. In Lakhs)

1 Mobile water sprinkler (Proposed - 1no) 15.00

2 Permenant water sprinkling about 1 Km 10.00

3 Effluent Treatment Plant for workshop 5.00

4 Crusher dust suppression system 20.00

Total

# Capital outlay on pollution monitoring is given below

TABLE: 10.5

Break up of Cost for pollution monitoring

Sr.No. ITEM RECURRING COST/ANNUM

(Rs. In Lakhs)

1

Environmental monitoring instruments including AAQ

instruments, Automatic weather monitoring, Blasting vibration

meter, Noise level meter etc.

20.00

2 Monitoring of Environmental quality 8.00

3 Conducting scientific studies 7.00

4 Total 35.00

CHAPTER-XI

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION





CHAPTER–XI

SUMMARY & CONCLUSION

11.1 INTRODUCTION

M/s. Springway Mining Pvt. Ltd. (SMPL) has proposed Limestone Mine (M.L. Area: 499.641 ha)

with production capacity of 4.0 million TPA with installation of crusher 1600 TPH.

As per EIA Notification, dated 14th September, 2006 and as amended from time to time; the

proposed mining project falls under Category “A”, Project or Activity 1 (a) - (3).

11.2 JUSTIFICATION FOR THE PROJECT

SMPL has proposed a new captive limestone mine to meet the limestone requirement of

proposed cement plant nearby based on this site.

Mining activities will be done in a systematic and scientific manner with appropriate pollution

prevention / abatement measures in practice to ensure clean and green environment.

Zero discharge of waste water will be maintained.

Green belt will be developed as dust preventive barrier all along the mining activity area.

No National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Tiger / Elephant Reserves etc. fall

within 10 km radius of the lease boundary.

The project will generate direct & indirect employment opportunities in the proposed mine.

Preference will be given to the local people based on their skill and educational qualification.

11.3 PROJECT DETAILS

TABLE: 11.1


A. Nature of project Limestone Mining Project

B. Size of project

1. Mining Lease area 499.641 ha {Govt. Land – 11.553 ha, Private Land –

488.088 ha)

2. Proposed Production Capacity 4.0 million TPA with installation of crusher 1600 TPH

C. Project Location

1. Village Kol Karhiya

2. Tehsil Pawai

3. District Panna

4. State Madhya Pradesh

5. Latitude 24015’29.02” N To 240 17' 09.55” N

6. Longitude 790 48'24.91” E To 79050'21.15” E

7. Toposheet No. 54 P/15

D. Environmental Settings Details (with approx. aerial distance & direction from the mining lease

boundary)

1. Nearest State Highway SH- 49 (~2.2 km in South direction)

2. Nearest Railway Station Damoh (~61 km in South direction)

3. Nearest Airport Khajuraho (~60 km North direction)






4.

Ecological Sensitive Areas (National Parks,

Wild Life Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves

etc.), Reserved / Protected Forest within 10

Km radius study area

No National Park, Wild Life Sanctuary, Biosphere

Reserve etc. falls within 10 km radius of the proposed

mining lease boundary.

One Reserved Forest & two Protected Forests fall

within 10 km radius of the proposed mining lease

boundary:

Protected Forest (~8 km in NW direction)

Pagra Protected Forest (~3.5 km in NE direction)

Bardha Reserved Forest (~8 km in NW direction)

5. Water Bodies within 10km radius

River Bearma (Flowing at Western & Northern

periphery of M.L. Area)

River Sonar (~3.8 km in North direction)

Gahra Nala (~4.5 km in North direction)

Marwa Nala (~8 km in SSE direction).

6. Seismic Zone Zone – III [as per IS 1893 (Part-I): 2002]

E. Cost Details

10. Total Project Cost Rs. 109 Crore/-

11. Cost for Environmental Protection Measures Capital cost –Rs. 2 Crore/-

Recurring cost –Rs. 50 Lakhs / annum

Source: Site Visit & Pre- Feasibility Report

11.4 MINING DETAILS

TABLE: 11.2


1. Method of Mining Fully Mechanized Opencast

2. Total Geological Reserves 160.10 Million Tonnes

3. Total Mineable reserves 121.7 million tonnes (106.61 million tonnes cement grade

limestone + 15.09 million tonnes blendable mineral reject)

4. Percentage of extraction 100%

5. Grade of Mineral Cement Grade

6. Proposed Life of the Mine ~31.5 years

7. Bench Height 8 m in Limestone & 5 m in Overburden

8. Bench Width 25- 30 m (working benches)

9. Elevation Range 305- 322 m AMSL

10. General Ground Level 316 m RL

11. Ground Water Table 8- 13 m bgl (Pre- monsoon)

5- 9 m bgl (Post- monsoon)

12. Ultimate Working Depth 258 m RL (58 m bgl)

13. Overall Pit Slope 51O (at the UPL)





14. Stripping ratio (Ore: Waste) 1:1.08 (Tonnes: Tonnes) (For first five year)

15. Number of Working Days per year 300 days

16. Number of shifts per day 2


11.5 MITIGATION MEASURES

11.5.1 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES

Following measures will be taken to control air/fugitive pollution during mining operation:

Drilling machines will be equipped with wet drilling arrangements/ cyclone dust collectors.

Rock breaker is proposed to be used for breaking over size boulders in order to reduce dust.

Controlled blasting will be adopted & optimum use of explosive energy will help in reducing

the air pollution.

Water spray on haul roads & proper maintenance of haul roads & waste dump yard road will

be done.

Development of greenbelt around lease boundary & plantation along haul roads & other

places will be carried out to control the air pollution.

Personal Protective Equipments like dust masks will be provided to all employees exposed or

near to the source of air pollution.

Periodic air quality monitoring will be carried out.

Proper maintenance of vehicles will be done to limit gaseous emissions.

11.5.2 WATER QUALITY MANAGEMENT

Embankment will be provided within M.L. area to restrict the entry of river water into the

mining area & to avoid the solid wash off.

Garland drain having siltation pits will be provided at the toe of the dumps to channelize the

runoff water from dumps into the water reservoir (i.e. mined out pits) & around the active

pits to restrict rainy water entering into the working pit.

Only temporary dumps are proposed during the plan period & from the 4th year, concurrent

reclamation & rehabilitation of exploited pits will be done.

No waste water will be generated from the mining activities.

Septic tanks & soak pit will be provided for the disposal of domestic effluent generated from

mine office.

11.5.3 NOISE POLLUTION CONTROL

Drilling will be carried out with the help of sharp drill bits which help in reducing noise.

Secondary blasting will be totally avoided.

Controlled blasting with proper spacing, burden & stemming will be maintained.

Blasting will be carried out during favorable atmospheric conditions & less human activity

timings i.e. during lunch interval or during change of shifts.

Proper maintenance, oiling & greasing of machines at regular intervals will be done to reduce

generation of noise.





Adequate silencers will be provided in all the diesel engines.

Acoustic cabin in HEMM will protect the operator from high noise level.

Greenbelt will be developed around the mining activity area & lease boundary. Plantation will

be done along haul roads, near workshop, mine office & on undisturbed area for minimizing

the propagation of noise.

Periodic monitoring of noise will be done.

11.5.4 RECLAMATION PLAN FOR LAND USE

The mining activity will affect the present landscape of the M.L. area. However, at conceptual

stage the area will be developed systematically and scientifically into green belt and water

reservoir.

At the conceptual stage, out of the total mining lease area (i.e. 499.641 ha), total mined-out area

will be around 340.63 ha; out of which, 241.84 ha will be backfilled in which 207.99 ha area will be

rehabilitated by plantation (71.1 ha) & agriculture use (136.89 ha), 3.85 ha area will be rehabilitated

by bench slope palntation and remaining 94.94 ha will be developed as water reservoir. 178.64 ha

area will be covered under greenbelt/plantation. 1.65 ha area will be covered under road, 1.0 ha

area will be utilized under infrastructure and 1.50 ha area will be under other use (check dams &

other protective measures). About 51.171 ha area will be undisturbed at the end of life of mine.

11.5.5 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT & PLANTATION

Afforestation / plantation shall be carried out in the lease area with a view to develop green belt

around mining activity area, along roads, around workshop and crusher etc. for reducing fugitive

emissions and controlling impact of noise etc. Around 267960 trees (@ 1500 trees per ha) will be

planted till the end of life of mine at different locations i.e. non-mineralized zone, around the

quarry edge, along the roads, crushing plant, office, workshop etc.

Thus total area under Greenbelt/ plantation will be 178.64 ha (71.1 ha area on backfilled area, 3.85

ha area on bench slope and 103.69 ha area on lease periphery, road side, & along the pits. Area

under agriculture use will be 136.89 ha of excavated area.

Species proposed for greenbelt development are Neem (Azadiracta indica), Pipal (Ficus religiosa),

Amaltas (Cassia fistula), Gulmohar (Delonix regia), Bargad (Ficus benghalensis), Kejri (Prosopis

cinerea) etc. and for plantation are Neem (Azadiracta indica), Pipal (Ficus religiosa), Ber (Ziziphus

mauritiana), Babool (Acacia nilotica) etc.

This will help in reducing the spread of pollutants and will also be effective in attenuating noise

levels, and will help in improving aesthetic beauty of the area.

11.6 CONCLUSION

The project will prove beneficial to the local people as direct and indirect employment opportunity

will be generated. There will be increase in revenue generation to the government by way of

royalty, excise and government taxes etc. Further improvement in infrastructure will take place

like education, roads, availability of drinking water, medical facilities in adjacent villages. There

will be increase in earnings of local villagers, as they will get employment in the limestone mine,

which ultimately will result in better standard of living of the villagers.





There will be no significant pollution of air, water, soil and noise. Regular monitoring of all the

components of environment will be done. Increased social welfare measures taken by the

company will bring development in the near-by villages.

CHAPTER-XII

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED





CHAPTER-XII

DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

12.1. DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ENGAGED

J.M. EnviroNet Pvt. Ltd. (JMEPL), one of the companies of JM Group, was established in the year

1993. ‘JM’ in the name of the Company is derived from the name of ‘Lord Shiva’ - the Temple of

‘Jharkhand Mahadev’ (JM). The Temple is located at Queens Road, Vaishali Nagar, Jaipur. The

Registered office of JMEPL is at 7-CH-10, Jawahar Nagar, Jaipur. Its Delhi-NCR Corporate office is

at 202, ABW Tower, Gurgaon (Haryana).

J.M. EnviroNet Pvt. Ltd. is accredited with ISO-9001: 2008 for EIA Division. EIA Division is also

approved by National Accreditation Board for Education & Training (NABET) formerly NRBPT

(Quality Council of India), Certificate no. NABET/EIA/1619/RA 0069 dated 16th August, 2017.

The EIA consultancy organisation of JMEPL is approved by NABET/QCI and is listed at s.no. 92 of

Accredited EIA Consultant Organizations (ACOs) - as on May 6th, 2019 displayed on web site of

MoEFCC. JMEPL is offering Environmental Consultancy Services in various sectors viz Industrial

Projects / Chemical Industries / Cement Plants / Thermal Power Plants / Mining Projects/ Coal

Washery Projects/ Real Estate Projects / Distilleries / Steel Plants/Chemical Fertilizers/Mineral

Beneficiation plants etc.

In the Mining sector, JMEPL have covered mines of minerals viz. Limestone, Bauxite, Chromite,

Coal, Zinc Ore, Copper ore, Gypsum, Soapstone, Iron & Manganese ore, Clay, Silica Sand, Marble,

Khanda, Gitti, boulders, Feldspar, Quartz, lignite, magnesite and other minor minerals etc.

JMEPL has a highly qualified team of Subject Experts. As Faculty Heads of the EIA Division, we

have Retd. General Managers of the Reputed Cement Companies, Ex-Head EIA Division of big

Business Group, STP & ETP Designing Experts, Retd. Mining & Geology Experts with vast

experience in their respective fields.

JM Group’s business is spread over 22 States viz.:- Andhra Pradesh, Kerala, Gujarat, Maharashtra,

Orissa, Tamil Nadu, Goa, Jammu & Kashmir, Himachal Pradesh, Punjab, Haryana, Delhi, Rajasthan,

Uttar Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Chhattisgarh, Assam, West Bengal, Karnataka, Jharkhand, Bihar

& Uttarakhand. The JM Group has its own Environmental Laboratory at Gurgaon (Haryana)

approved under EPA (Environment Protection Act) by the Ministry of Environment & Forests,

Govt. of India, New Delhi. Besides this, its MoEF approved Environmental Laboratory of JM Group

is also providing Analytical Laboratory Services of various elements and environmental

parameters. Annual monitoring as per MoEF / CPCB / SPCB guidelines, Risk Assessment and

Disaster Management Plan, Rain Water Harvesting Plan, Detailed Hydro-geological Study,

Preparation of Environmental Statement Reports (Environmental Clearance Compliance

Conditions) etc. are amongst the various other consultancy services offered by the Company.

Documents

SPRINGWAY - environmentclearance.nic.inenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/... · 3.5 seismicity and flood hazard zonation of the area 63 3.6 flood hazard zonation of the